1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
42 #include "filenames.h"
48 #include "completer.h"
51 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "gdb_assert.h"
57 #include "exceptions.h"
64 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 #include "parser-defs.h"
66 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
67 #include "continuations.h"
69 /* readline include files */
70 #include "readline/readline.h"
71 #include "readline/history.h"
73 /* readline defines this. */
76 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
77 #include "python/python.h"
79 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
80 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
81 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
83 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
85 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
87 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
101 static void clear_command (char *, int);
103 static void catch_command (char *, int);
105 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
107 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
109 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
111 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
113 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
114 struct symtab_and_line
,
117 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
119 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
123 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
124 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
125 struct obj_section
*, int);
127 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
129 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
132 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
133 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
135 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
136 struct address_space
*aspace
,
139 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
141 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
143 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
144 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
146 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
148 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
150 static void commands_command (char *, int);
152 static void condition_command (char *, int);
161 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
162 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
164 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
166 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
168 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
170 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
172 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
176 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
178 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
180 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
191 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
193 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
195 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
197 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
200 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
201 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
202 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static int is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
214 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
216 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
218 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
220 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
226 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
228 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
230 /* Assuming we're creating a static tracepoint, does S look like a
231 static tracepoint marker spec ("-m MARKER_ID")? */
232 #define is_marker_spec(s) \
233 (s != NULL && strncmp (s, "-m", 2) == 0 && ((s)[2] == ' ' || (s)[2] == '\t'))
235 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
236 breakpoints share a single command list. */
237 struct counted_command_line
239 /* The reference count. */
242 /* The command list. */
243 struct command_line
*commands
;
246 struct command_line
*
247 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
249 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
252 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
253 current breakpoint. */
255 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
258 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
260 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
261 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
263 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
265 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
268 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
269 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
270 if such is available. */
271 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
274 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
275 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
278 fprintf_filtered (file
,
279 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
280 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
284 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
285 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
286 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
287 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
288 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
290 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
291 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
294 fprintf_filtered (file
,
295 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
296 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
300 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
301 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
302 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
303 use hardware breakpoints. */
304 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
306 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
307 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
310 fprintf_filtered (file
,
311 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
315 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
316 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
317 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
318 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
319 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
321 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
322 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
323 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
324 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
325 always_inserted_auto
,
330 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
332 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
333 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
335 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
336 fprintf_filtered (file
,
337 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
338 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
340 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
342 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
347 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
349 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
350 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
353 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
355 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
356 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
358 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
359 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
361 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
362 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
364 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
365 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the
366 current breakpoint. */
368 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
370 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
371 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
372 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
375 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
376 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
377 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
379 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
380 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
381 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
384 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
386 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
387 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
388 if (is_tracepoint (B))
390 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
392 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
394 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
396 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
398 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
400 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
402 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
403 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
404 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
405 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
406 an address you need to read. */
408 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
410 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
411 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
412 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
413 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
414 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
416 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
418 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
419 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
421 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
423 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
425 static int breakpoint_count
;
427 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
428 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
429 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
430 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
431 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
433 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
435 static int tracepoint_count
;
437 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
438 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
439 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
441 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
443 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
445 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
448 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
451 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
453 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
454 breakpoint_count
= num
;
455 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
458 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
459 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
460 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
462 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
466 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
468 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
471 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
475 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
477 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
480 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
483 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
485 struct breakpoint
*b
;
491 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
492 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
494 static struct counted_command_line
*
495 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
497 struct counted_command_line
*result
498 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
501 result
->commands
= commands
;
505 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
508 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
514 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
515 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
516 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
519 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
523 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
525 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
532 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
535 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
537 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
540 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
543 static struct cleanup
*
544 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
546 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
549 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
550 for "break" command with no arg.
551 If default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
552 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
554 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
556 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
557 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
558 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
559 int default_breakpoint_line
;
560 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
563 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
564 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
567 get_breakpoint (int num
)
569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
572 if (b
->number
== num
)
581 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
584 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
586 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
591 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
592 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
599 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
605 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
606 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
607 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
608 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
610 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
612 innermost_block
= NULL
;
614 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
616 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
617 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
621 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
625 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
627 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
631 breakpoints_changed ();
632 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
635 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
638 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
640 struct breakpoint
*b
;
645 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
648 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
650 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
653 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
655 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
656 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
657 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
658 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
660 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
661 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
662 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
663 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
667 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
670 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
671 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
672 Throw if any such commands is found. */
675 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
677 struct command_line
*c
;
679 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
683 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
684 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
685 "only be used for tracepoints"));
687 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
688 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
690 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
691 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
693 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
694 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
696 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
697 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
701 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
704 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
706 return (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
707 || b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
708 || b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
711 /* A helper function that validsates that COMMANDS are valid for a
712 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
716 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
717 struct command_line
*commands
)
719 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
721 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
722 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
723 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
724 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
725 struct command_line
*c
;
726 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
727 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
729 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
731 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
732 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
733 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
734 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
735 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
736 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
739 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
740 "can be used only once"));
747 struct command_line
*c2
;
749 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
750 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
751 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
753 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
754 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
760 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
764 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
765 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
768 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
770 struct breakpoint
*b
;
771 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
772 struct bp_location
*loc
;
775 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
777 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
778 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
779 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
785 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
786 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
789 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
790 struct command_line
*commands
)
792 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
794 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
795 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
796 breakpoints_changed ();
797 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
800 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
801 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
805 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
807 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
810 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
811 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
814 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
815 breakpoint work for any thread. */
818 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
820 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
823 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
824 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
827 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
828 breakpoint work for any task. */
831 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
833 int old_task
= b
->task
;
836 if (old_task
!= task
)
837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
841 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
843 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
845 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
848 /* A structure used to pass information through
849 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
853 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
856 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
859 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
860 already-parsed command. */
861 struct command_line
*control
;
863 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
865 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
868 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
872 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
874 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
876 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
878 struct command_line
*l
;
880 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
881 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
884 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
887 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
888 "%s, one per line."),
891 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
893 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
896 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
899 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
902 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
905 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
907 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
909 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
910 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
911 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
912 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
913 breakpoints_changed ();
914 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
919 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
920 struct command_line
*control
)
922 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
923 struct commands_info info
;
925 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
926 info
.control
= control
;
928 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
929 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
930 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
932 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
934 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
935 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
937 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
938 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
941 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
942 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
943 numbers will fail in this case. */
948 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
953 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
957 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
959 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
960 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
962 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
966 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
968 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
971 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
972 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
974 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
975 that are part of if and while bodies. */
976 enum command_control_type
977 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
979 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
980 return simple_control
;
983 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
986 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
988 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
992 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
993 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
998 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
999 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1001 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1002 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1003 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1004 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1005 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1006 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1007 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1008 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1010 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1013 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1015 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1017 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1019 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1020 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1021 report higher one. */
1024 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1025 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1027 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1029 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1030 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1032 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1033 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1034 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1035 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1037 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1038 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1039 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1041 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1043 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1050 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1051 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1052 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1053 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1054 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1057 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1059 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1060 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1061 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1064 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1067 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1069 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1071 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1072 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1076 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1077 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1078 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1081 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
1084 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1085 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1086 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1089 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1091 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1092 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1095 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1097 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1098 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1100 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1101 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1105 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1106 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1110 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1111 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1113 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1114 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1115 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1119 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1121 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1122 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1125 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1126 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1131 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1134 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1136 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1137 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1138 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1141 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1145 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1147 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1148 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1151 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
1152 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
1153 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
1154 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
1155 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
1156 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
1157 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
1158 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
1162 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1164 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1165 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1166 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1169 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1170 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1173 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1175 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1177 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1179 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1180 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1181 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1182 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1183 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1185 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1188 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1189 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1190 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1191 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1193 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1195 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1196 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1199 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1200 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1201 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1202 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1203 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1204 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1205 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1206 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1208 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1209 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1210 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1211 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1212 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1213 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1214 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1215 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1218 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1219 hardware watchpoints:
1221 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1222 called several times when GDB stops.
1225 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1226 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1227 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1228 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1229 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1230 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1231 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1232 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1233 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1234 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1235 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1237 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1238 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1241 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1243 int within_current_scope
;
1244 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1247 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
1249 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1250 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1251 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1252 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1255 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1260 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1261 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1262 within_current_scope
= 1;
1265 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1266 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1267 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1269 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1270 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1271 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1272 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1275 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1276 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1277 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1278 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1281 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1283 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1284 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1285 if (within_current_scope
)
1289 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1290 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1291 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1294 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1303 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1304 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1305 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1306 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1307 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1308 be completely different objects. */
1309 value_free (b
->val
);
1313 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1314 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1315 locations (re)created below. */
1316 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1318 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1320 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1325 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1329 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1330 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1331 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1332 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1333 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1334 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1336 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1337 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1338 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1340 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1343 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1344 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1346 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1348 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1349 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1350 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1351 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1352 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1354 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1360 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1362 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1363 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1365 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1366 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1367 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1368 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1369 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1370 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1371 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1373 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1375 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1376 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1377 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1379 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1380 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1384 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1386 addr
= value_address (v
);
1387 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1389 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1391 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1394 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1395 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1398 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1400 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1401 loc
->address
= addr
;
1403 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1408 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1409 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1410 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1415 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1416 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1418 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1422 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1424 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1425 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1426 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1428 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1429 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1430 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1431 this watchpoint in as well. To guarantee the
1432 hw_watchpoint_used_count call below counts this
1433 watchpoint, make sure that it is marked as a hardware
1435 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1436 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1438 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (b
->type
, &other_type_used
);
1439 target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1440 (b
->type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1441 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1443 /* If there's no works_in_software_mode method, we
1444 assume that the watchpoint works in software mode. */
1445 int sw_mode
= (!b
->ops
|| !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1446 || b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
));
1448 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1449 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1450 "hardware watchpoint."));
1451 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1452 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1453 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1455 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1458 else if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode
1459 && !b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1460 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1461 "read/access watchpoint."));
1463 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1465 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1466 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1467 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1468 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1471 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1473 next
= value_next (v
);
1478 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1479 above left it without any location set up. But,
1480 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1481 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1482 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1484 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1485 b
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1486 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1487 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1488 b
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1491 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1493 printf_filtered (_("\
1494 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1495 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1497 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1500 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1502 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1506 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1507 inserted in the inferior. */
1509 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1511 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1514 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1517 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1520 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1521 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1522 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1523 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1524 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1525 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1526 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1527 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1528 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1531 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1533 if (is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
1539 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
1540 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
1541 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1543 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
1544 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1546 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
1547 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1548 int *disabled_breaks
,
1549 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1553 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1556 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1557 memset (&bl
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bl
->target_info
));
1558 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
1559 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
1560 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
1562 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1563 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1565 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1567 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1568 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1569 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1571 Two important cases are:
1572 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1573 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1574 hardware breakpoint.
1575 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
1576 read-write. This means we've previously made the
1577 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
1580 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
1581 location types we've just set here, the only possible
1582 problem is that memory map has changed during running
1583 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
1585 struct mem_region
*mr
1586 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1590 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1592 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1594 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1595 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1597 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1599 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
1601 static int said
= 0;
1603 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1606 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
1607 _("Note: automatically using "
1608 "hardware breakpoints for "
1609 "read-only addresses.\n"));
1614 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1615 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1616 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
1617 "at readonly address %s"),
1618 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
1622 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1623 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1624 || bl
->section
== NULL
1625 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
1627 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1629 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1630 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1633 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1638 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1639 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1640 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1642 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1643 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1644 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1645 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1646 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1650 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
1652 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1653 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
1654 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1655 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1656 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
1658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1659 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
1660 "failed: in ROM?\n",
1664 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1665 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
1667 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1669 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1672 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
1677 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1678 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1685 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1686 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
1688 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1690 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
1692 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1694 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1695 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1697 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1698 "Temporarily disabling shared "
1699 "library breakpoints:\n");
1701 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1702 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1703 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
1707 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1709 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1710 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1711 "Cannot insert hardware "
1717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1720 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1721 "Error accessing memory address ");
1722 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
1724 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1725 safe_strerror (val
));
1736 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1737 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1738 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1739 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1741 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1742 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1744 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1746 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
1747 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
1748 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
1750 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1752 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
1753 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
1755 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1757 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
1758 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
1762 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
1763 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1770 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
1771 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1774 /* Back to the original value. */
1775 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
1779 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1782 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1784 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
1785 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
1787 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
1790 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1794 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
1795 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1797 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
1800 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
1802 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1803 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1804 so just return success. */
1811 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1812 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1816 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1818 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1819 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1821 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1824 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1825 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1828 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1829 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1830 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1832 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1834 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1836 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1837 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1838 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1840 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1841 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1843 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1849 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1850 removed locations above. */
1851 update_global_location_list (0);
1854 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1855 Throws exception on any error.
1856 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1857 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1859 insert_breakpoints (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1863 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1864 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1865 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1867 update_global_location_list (1);
1869 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1870 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1872 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1873 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1876 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1877 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1878 Both return zero if successful,
1879 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1882 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1884 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1885 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1888 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1889 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1891 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1892 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1894 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1895 there was an error. */
1896 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1898 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1900 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1902 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
1905 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
1906 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
1907 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1908 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1909 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
1912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
1914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1917 insert breakpoints. */
1918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1922 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
1923 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1928 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
1929 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1932 int some_failed
= 0;
1933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1935 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1941 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1944 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1945 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1952 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1954 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1956 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1957 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1958 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1966 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1967 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1968 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1970 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1971 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1972 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1974 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1975 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1978 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1982 remove_breakpoints (void)
1984 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
1987 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
1990 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
1995 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1998 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2000 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2002 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2006 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2011 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2020 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2022 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2023 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2025 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2026 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
2027 struct inferior
*inf
;
2028 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2030 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2034 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2035 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2037 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2039 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2040 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2042 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2044 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2050 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
);
2053 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2058 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2062 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
2064 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2065 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2066 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2067 Otherwis the breakpoint number will be populated from
2068 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2069 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2071 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
2074 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2077 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
2078 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
2082 static struct breakpoint
*
2083 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
2084 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
2086 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
2087 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2089 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2092 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
2093 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
2095 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
2096 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
2097 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
2102 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
2104 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2106 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2108 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2109 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2111 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2112 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
2114 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2115 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
2117 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2118 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
2120 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2121 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
2124 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
2126 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2127 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
2129 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2132 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
2134 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
2137 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2138 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2140 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
2141 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
2143 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2145 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
2146 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
2148 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
2149 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2151 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
2152 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
2154 return bp_objfile_data
;
2158 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2160 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2161 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
2163 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2165 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2166 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2169 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2171 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
2174 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
2176 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2178 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2181 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2182 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2185 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
2188 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
2189 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2191 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2193 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
2195 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
2196 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
2200 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2201 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
2204 update_global_location_list (1);
2208 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2210 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2211 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2213 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2215 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2217 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2219 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2221 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2224 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2225 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2227 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2228 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
2231 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2233 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
2235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2236 const char *func_name
;
2239 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
2242 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
2243 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
2245 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2247 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
2250 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
2254 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
2257 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
2258 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
);
2259 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2260 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2264 update_global_location_list (1);
2266 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2269 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2271 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2273 struct program_space
*pspace
;
2274 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2275 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
2277 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
2279 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
2281 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2284 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
2286 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2288 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2289 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2291 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2293 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
2296 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
2298 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
2300 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2301 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
2302 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
2304 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2305 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2308 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
2311 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
2312 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
2313 bp_std_terminate_master
);
2314 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2319 update_global_location_list (1);
2321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2329 struct objfile
*objfile
;
2330 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
2334 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
2336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
2339 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
2341 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
2344 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
2346 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
2348 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
2350 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
2351 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
2353 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
2357 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
2360 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
2361 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
2363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
);
2364 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
2365 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2368 update_global_location_list (1);
2372 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2374 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2375 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
2377 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2378 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2379 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2380 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2381 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2382 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2383 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2384 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2385 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
2386 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2387 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2391 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
2394 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2395 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
2397 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2401 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2402 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
2404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2408 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
2409 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
2410 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
2411 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
2412 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
2414 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2418 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
2419 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
2421 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2425 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
2427 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
2428 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
2430 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2434 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2436 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
2437 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
2438 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
2439 a new method, and call this method from here. */
2443 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
2444 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
2445 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
2446 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
2447 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
2448 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
2450 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
2451 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
2452 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
2453 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
2454 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
2455 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
2456 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
2458 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
2459 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
2460 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
2461 let finish_command delete it.
2463 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
2464 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
2465 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
2466 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
2467 solib breakpoints.) */
2469 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
2474 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
2475 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
2477 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
2479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2483 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
2484 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
2485 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
2486 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
2487 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
2491 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2493 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2495 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2496 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
2498 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
2499 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
2501 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
2502 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
2503 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2505 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2509 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
2512 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
2513 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
2515 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2519 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
2520 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2521 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2522 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2523 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
2526 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2530 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2531 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2533 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2534 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2537 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2538 This should not ever happen. */
2539 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2541 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2542 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2544 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2545 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2546 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2550 || bl
->section
== NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2555 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2556 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2558 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
2562 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2563 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2564 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2566 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2567 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2569 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2570 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2571 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2572 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2573 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2575 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2576 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2578 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2579 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2582 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2583 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2584 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2585 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2586 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2587 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2590 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2591 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2592 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2593 else if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2594 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2601 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2606 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2607 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2608 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2609 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2614 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2616 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2618 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2619 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2621 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2622 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2624 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2625 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
2626 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2629 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2630 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2633 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2634 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
2636 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
2640 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2647 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
2650 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2652 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
2653 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
2655 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2656 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2659 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2660 This should not ever happen. */
2661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2663 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2665 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2667 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
2669 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2673 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2676 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2678 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2680 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2681 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2685 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2686 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2688 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2691 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2692 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2693 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2698 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2700 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
2701 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2703 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2705 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2707 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2713 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
2714 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2718 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
2720 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2727 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2728 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
2731 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2733 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2735 case bp_shlib_event
:
2737 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
2738 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
2739 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
2740 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
2741 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
2743 (gdb) file prog-linux
2744 (gdb) run # native linux target
2747 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
2748 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
2751 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2755 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2756 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2757 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2759 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2760 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2761 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2762 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2764 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
2765 insert_breakpoints. */
2767 value_free (b
->val
);
2777 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2778 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
2779 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
2780 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2783 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2784 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2785 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2786 match, not program space. */
2788 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2789 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2790 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2791 permanent breakpoint.
2792 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2793 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2794 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2795 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2796 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2798 enum breakpoint_here
2799 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2801 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2802 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2806 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2807 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2810 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2811 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2812 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2813 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2815 if (overlay_debugging
2816 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2817 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2818 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2819 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2820 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2822 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2826 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2829 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2832 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2834 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2837 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2838 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
2844 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2845 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
2846 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
2847 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2850 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2853 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2855 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2857 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2858 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2862 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2864 if (overlay_debugging
2865 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2866 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2867 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2875 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2876 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2879 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2881 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2884 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2890 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2894 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2901 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2905 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
2908 if (overlay_debugging
2909 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
2910 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2911 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2917 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2918 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2925 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2926 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2928 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2930 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2932 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2934 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2935 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2938 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2941 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2942 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2946 /* Check for intersection. */
2947 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2948 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2956 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2957 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2960 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2963 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2964 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2968 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2970 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2971 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2974 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
2976 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2979 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
2982 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2984 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2985 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2986 it is now time to do so. */
2988 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2989 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2993 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2995 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2996 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2997 it is now time to do so. */
2999 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
3000 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
3004 if (overlay_debugging
3005 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3006 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3007 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3016 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3020 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
3022 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
3025 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3029 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
3031 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3032 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3033 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3034 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
3038 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3039 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3042 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
3059 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3060 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3063 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
3067 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
3072 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3074 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
3075 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
3076 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
3077 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
3078 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3080 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
3081 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
3085 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3095 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3098 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
3103 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
3105 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
3111 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3112 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3113 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3114 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3116 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3117 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3119 Return 1 otherwise. */
3122 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
3124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3127 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3129 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3130 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3131 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3132 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
3133 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
3135 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3137 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
3141 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
3144 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
3146 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3148 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
3149 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3150 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3152 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
3158 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3161 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3163 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3165 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
3167 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3168 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3169 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3170 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3171 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
3175 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
3178 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3181 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
3183 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
3186 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3187 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3188 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3189 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3191 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3192 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3193 bpstat of the current thread. */
3196 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
3199 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3202 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3204 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
3207 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
3208 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
3210 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3212 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3215 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
3216 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3218 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
3219 struct command_line
*cmd
;
3220 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
3222 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3224 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3225 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3226 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3227 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3228 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3229 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3230 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3231 the tree when we're done. */
3232 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
3233 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3235 = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
3236 cmd
= bs
->commands_left
;
3237 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3241 execute_control_command (cmd
);
3243 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3249 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3250 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
3252 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
3254 if (target_can_async_p ())
3255 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3256 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3257 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3260 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3261 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3262 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3263 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3264 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3265 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3266 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3267 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3268 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3269 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3270 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3271 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3272 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3277 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3282 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3284 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3285 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
3286 && target_has_execution
3287 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
3288 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
3289 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3290 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3291 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3292 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3293 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
3297 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3300 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
3303 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
3306 struct value_print_options opts
;
3307 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
3308 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
3312 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
3313 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
3314 by having it set different print_it values.
3316 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
3317 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
3318 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
3319 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
3320 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
3322 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
3323 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
3324 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
3325 don't print anything else.
3326 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
3327 that something to be followed by a location.
3328 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
3329 that something to be followed by a location.
3330 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
3333 static enum print_stop_action
3334 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
3336 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3337 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3338 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3339 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
3341 enum print_stop_action result
;
3343 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
3345 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3346 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3348 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
3349 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
3354 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3355 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
3356 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
3357 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
3360 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
3362 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
3364 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
3365 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3367 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
3368 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
3369 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
3371 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
3372 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
3373 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3376 case bp_shlib_event
:
3377 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
3378 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
3379 to shlib event" message.) */
3380 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
3381 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3384 case bp_thread_event
:
3385 /* Not sure how we will get here.
3386 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
3387 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3388 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3391 case bp_overlay_event
:
3392 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
3393 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3394 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3397 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3398 /* These should never be enabled. */
3399 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
3400 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3403 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
3404 /* These should never be enabled. */
3405 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
3406 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3407 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3410 case bp_exception_master
:
3411 /* These should never be enabled. */
3412 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
3413 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
3414 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
3418 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3419 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3420 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3423 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3425 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3426 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3427 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3428 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3429 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3430 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3431 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3432 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3433 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
3434 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3437 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3438 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3441 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3443 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3445 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3446 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
3447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3448 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3451 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3452 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
3454 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
3455 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3458 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3460 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3461 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
3462 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
3463 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
3464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
3469 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3472 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
3473 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
3474 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
3476 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
3477 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
3478 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
3479 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3482 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
3486 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3489 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
3490 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3494 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3497 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
3498 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3503 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3505 case bp_exception_resume
:
3506 case bp_step_resume
:
3507 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
3508 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3510 case bp_std_terminate
:
3512 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
3514 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
3515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
3517 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3521 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3525 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3526 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3527 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3528 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3531 static enum print_stop_action
3532 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
3534 switch (bs
->print_it
)
3537 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3538 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3542 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3543 relevant messages. */
3544 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3547 case print_it_normal
:
3549 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3551 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3552 which has since been deleted. */
3554 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3556 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3557 print_it_typical. */
3558 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3559 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3561 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3567 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3572 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3573 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3574 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3575 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3576 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3577 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3580 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
3581 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3582 code to print the location. An example is
3583 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3585 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3586 to also print the location part of the message.
3587 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3588 don't require a location appended to the end.
3589 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3590 further info to be printed. */
3592 enum print_stop_action
3593 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3597 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3598 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3599 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3600 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3601 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3603 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3604 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3605 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3606 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3610 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3611 with and nothing was printed. */
3612 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3615 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
3616 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3617 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
3618 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
3621 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3623 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3624 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3626 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3630 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
3633 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
3637 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3639 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
3640 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
3641 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
3642 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
3643 incref_bp_location (bl
);
3644 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3645 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3646 bs
->commands_left
= NULL
;
3648 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3652 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3653 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3656 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3658 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3662 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3664 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3665 as not triggered. */
3667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3668 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3673 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3675 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3676 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3679 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3681 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3684 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3685 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3689 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
3691 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3693 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3694 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3696 if (is_masked_watchpoint (loc
->owner
))
3698 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3699 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& loc
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
;
3701 if (newaddr
== start
)
3703 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3707 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
3708 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3712 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3721 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3722 because of check_errors). */
3723 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3724 #define WP_DELETED 1
3725 /* The value has changed. */
3726 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3727 /* The value has not changed. */
3728 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3729 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
3732 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3733 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3735 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
3738 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
3739 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
3742 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3744 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3746 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3747 int within_current_scope
;
3749 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
3750 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
3751 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3753 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (b
));
3755 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3756 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3757 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3758 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3761 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3762 within_current_scope
= 1;
3765 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3766 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3767 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3769 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
3770 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
3771 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
3772 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
3773 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
3774 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
3775 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
3776 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
3777 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
3778 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3781 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3782 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3784 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3785 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3786 if (within_current_scope
)
3788 struct symbol
*function
;
3790 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3791 if (function
== NULL
3792 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3793 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3794 within_current_scope
= 0;
3797 if (within_current_scope
)
3798 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3799 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3804 if (within_current_scope
)
3806 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
3807 time before we return to the command level and call
3808 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
3809 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3813 struct value
*new_val
;
3815 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
3816 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
3817 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
3818 a mask watchpoint. */
3819 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3821 mark
= value_mark ();
3822 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3824 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
3825 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
3826 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
3827 not what we want. */
3828 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3829 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3831 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3833 release_value (new_val
);
3834 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3836 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3839 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3843 /* Nothing changed. */
3844 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3845 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3850 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3851 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3852 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3853 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3854 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3855 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3856 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3857 the first value assigned). */
3858 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3859 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3860 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3861 information here. */
3862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3864 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3865 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3866 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3868 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3869 which its expression is valid.\n");
3871 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
3872 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
3873 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
3879 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3880 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3881 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3883 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3884 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3886 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3888 /* BL is from existing struct breakpoint. */
3889 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3891 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
)
3892 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
3894 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3896 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
3899 if (!is_watchpoint (b
)
3900 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3901 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3903 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3906 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3907 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3908 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3912 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3913 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3914 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3915 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3916 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3917 (did not match the data address). */
3919 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
3920 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3923 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3925 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3927 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3928 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3929 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3936 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3937 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3940 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3942 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
3943 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3945 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
3946 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
3947 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
3948 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3949 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
3951 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
3953 int must_check_value
= 0;
3955 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3956 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3958 must_check_value
= 1;
3959 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3960 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3961 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3963 must_check_value
= 1;
3964 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3965 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3966 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3967 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3968 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3969 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3970 must_check_value
= 1;
3972 if (must_check_value
)
3975 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3977 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3978 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3980 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3984 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3985 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3989 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3992 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3993 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3995 /* There are two cases to consider here:
3997 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
3998 In that case, trust the target, and always report
3999 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4000 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4001 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4002 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4003 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4006 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4007 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4010 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4011 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4012 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4013 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4015 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4016 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4017 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4020 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4021 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4022 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4023 changes. This still gives false positives when
4024 the program writes the same value to memory as
4025 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4026 it for a read), but it's much better than
4029 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4031 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4033 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4035 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4036 if ((other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4037 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4038 && (other_b
->watchpoint_triggered
4039 == watch_triggered_yes
))
4041 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4046 if (other_write_watchpoint
4047 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4049 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4050 and the value changed since the last time we
4051 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4053 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4058 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4059 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4060 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4062 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4063 the value hasn't changed. */
4064 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4072 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4073 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
4074 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4075 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4076 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4080 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4082 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4083 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4084 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4085 anything for this watchpoint. */
4086 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4093 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4094 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4095 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4098 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
4100 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4101 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4102 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4104 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4105 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4106 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4107 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4108 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4110 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
4111 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4115 int value_is_zero
= 0;
4116 struct expression
*cond
;
4118 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4119 method implemented. */
4120 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
4121 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
4123 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
4128 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
4130 int within_current_scope
= 1;
4132 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4133 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4134 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4135 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4137 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4139 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4140 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4141 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4142 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4143 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4145 if (!is_watchpoint (b
) || b
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4146 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4149 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4151 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4152 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4153 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4154 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4155 really matter which instantiation of the function
4156 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4157 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4158 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4159 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4160 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4161 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4162 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4163 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4165 frame
= block_innermost_frame (b
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
4167 select_frame (frame
);
4169 within_current_scope
= 0;
4171 if (within_current_scope
)
4173 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
4174 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4178 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4179 "in the current scope"));
4180 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4181 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4184 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4185 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4188 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
4192 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
4196 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
4199 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4201 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4203 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4209 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4210 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4212 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4213 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4216 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4218 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4220 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4221 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4222 several reasons concurrently.)
4224 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4225 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4228 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4229 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
4231 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
4232 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4233 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4234 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4235 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
4236 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4239 int need_remove_insert
;
4242 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4243 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4244 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4245 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4246 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4247 inferior function calls. */
4251 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4254 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4256 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4257 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4258 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4259 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4260 checked all locations already. */
4261 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
4264 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
)
4267 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4270 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4273 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4276 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4277 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4278 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4282 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4283 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4284 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4286 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
4287 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4291 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4293 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
4295 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
4296 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4299 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4303 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4304 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4305 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4309 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4314 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
4318 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4320 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
4321 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
4322 || b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
4323 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
4324 /* We do not stop for these. */
4327 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
4332 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
4334 /* We will stop here. */
4335 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
4337 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4338 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
4343 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
4344 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
4345 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands
? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
4346 if (bs
->commands_left
4347 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0
4350 bs
->commands_left
->line
) == 0)))
4352 bs
->commands_left
= bs
->commands_left
->next
;
4357 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or dont print. */
4358 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
4359 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4362 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4363 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4364 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4366 need_remove_insert
= 0;
4367 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
4368 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4370 && bs
->breakpoint_at
4371 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
4373 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4374 need_remove_insert
= 1;
4377 if (need_remove_insert
)
4378 update_global_location_list (1);
4379 else if (removed_any
)
4380 update_global_location_list (0);
4386 handle_jit_event (void)
4388 struct frame_info
*frame
;
4389 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
4391 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4392 breakpoint_re_set. */
4393 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4395 frame
= get_current_frame ();
4396 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4398 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
4400 target_terminal_inferior ();
4403 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4405 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4408 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
4410 struct bpstat_what retval
;
4411 /* We need to defer calling `solib_add', as adding new symbols
4412 resets breakpoints, which in turn deletes breakpoint locations,
4413 and hence may clear unprocessed entries in the BS chain. */
4414 int shlib_event
= 0;
4418 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4419 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
4420 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
4422 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4424 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4425 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4426 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4429 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4431 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4432 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4435 else if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4438 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
4445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4451 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4453 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4456 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4459 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4460 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4461 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4465 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4467 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4471 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4472 This requires no further action. */
4477 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4478 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp
;
4480 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4481 case bp_exception_resume
:
4482 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
4483 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
4485 case bp_step_resume
:
4487 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
4490 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4491 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4494 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4496 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
4499 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4503 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4504 case bp_thread_event
:
4505 case bp_overlay_event
:
4506 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4507 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4508 case bp_exception_master
:
4509 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4515 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4517 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4521 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4522 This requires no further action. */
4525 case bp_shlib_event
:
4528 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB
4529 of events. This allows the user to get control and place
4530 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically
4531 loaded objects (among other things). */
4532 if (stop_on_solib_events
)
4533 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
4535 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4539 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4542 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4543 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4544 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
4545 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4547 case bp_std_terminate
:
4548 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
4549 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
4550 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
4551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
4554 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4555 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4556 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
4557 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
4559 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4560 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
4562 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4563 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
4564 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
4566 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4567 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
4568 PC of the former breakpoint. */
4569 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
4572 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4573 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
4576 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
4579 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
4580 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_shlib_event\n");
4587 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed
4588 to be adding them automatically. */
4590 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4591 breakpoint_re_set. */
4592 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4595 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4597 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
4600 target_terminal_inferior ();
4606 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
4608 handle_jit_event ();
4611 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4613 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4619 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4620 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
4622 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4623 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
4631 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
4632 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
4633 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
4636 bpstat_should_step (void)
4638 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4641 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
4647 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
4649 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4658 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
4659 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
4660 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
4663 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
4665 static char wrap_indent
[80];
4666 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
4670 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
4672 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
4674 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
4675 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
4676 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
4681 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
4687 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
4690 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4691 struct bp_location
*loc
)
4693 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
4695 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4699 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
4701 if (b
->display_canonical
)
4702 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
4703 else if (b
->source_file
&& loc
)
4706 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
4709 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
4710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
4711 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
4712 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
4713 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
4714 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
4716 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
4717 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
4719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4721 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
4722 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
4725 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
4728 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
4732 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4733 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4735 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
->stream
,
4737 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
4739 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
4742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
4744 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4748 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
4750 struct ep_type_description
4755 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4757 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4758 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4759 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4760 {bp_until
, "until"},
4761 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4762 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4763 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4764 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4765 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4766 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4767 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4768 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
4769 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
4770 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4771 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
4772 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4773 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4774 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
4775 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4776 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4777 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4778 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4779 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
4780 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
4781 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4782 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4783 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
4784 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
4785 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4786 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
4787 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
4790 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4791 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
4792 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4793 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4796 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
4799 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
4802 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4803 struct bp_location
*loc
,
4805 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
4808 struct command_line
*l
;
4809 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4811 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4812 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4813 struct value_print_options opts
;
4815 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4817 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4818 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
4819 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
4822 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4823 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4831 if (part_of_multiple
)
4834 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4835 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4840 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4845 if (part_of_multiple
)
4846 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
4852 if (part_of_multiple
)
4853 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4855 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4860 if (part_of_multiple
)
4861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4863 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4864 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4865 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4869 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4871 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
4872 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
4873 make sure there's just one location. */
4874 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4875 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4881 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4882 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4886 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4887 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4888 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4889 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4890 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4891 is relatively readable). */
4892 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4893 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4899 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4903 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4905 case bp_exception_resume
:
4906 case bp_step_resume
:
4907 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
4908 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4910 case bp_std_terminate
:
4911 case bp_shlib_event
:
4912 case bp_thread_event
:
4913 case bp_overlay_event
:
4914 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4915 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
4916 case bp_exception_master
:
4918 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
4919 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
4921 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
4922 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
4923 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4926 if (header_of_multiple
)
4927 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4928 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4929 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4931 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4932 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4935 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4936 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
4943 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4946 && !header_of_multiple
4948 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4949 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4950 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4951 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
4952 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
4953 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4955 struct inferior
*inf
;
4958 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4960 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4965 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4968 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4969 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4974 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4976 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4978 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4979 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4980 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4981 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4983 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4985 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4986 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4992 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->print_one_detail
)
4993 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
4995 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->static_trace_marker_id
)
4997 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
4999 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
5000 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
5001 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
5002 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5005 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
5008 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5009 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
5011 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
5012 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
5013 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5016 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
5018 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
5019 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
5020 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
5022 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
5023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
5025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
5026 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
5027 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5030 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
5032 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
5034 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
5035 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
5038 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
5040 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5041 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
5042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
5044 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
5045 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
5046 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5047 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
5048 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
5050 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
5053 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5054 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5056 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
5057 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
5059 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
5062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
5063 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
5064 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
5067 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
5068 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
5070 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
5073 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
5074 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
5075 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
5078 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
5080 annotate_field (10);
5081 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
5082 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
5083 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
5089 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
5090 else if (b
->exp_string
)
5091 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
5096 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5097 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5100 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
5102 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
5104 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
5105 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
5107 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5108 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5109 locations, if any. */
5110 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
5112 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5113 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5114 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5117 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5118 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5120 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
5121 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
5123 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5126 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
5128 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
5129 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
5130 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
5131 do_cleanups (inner2
);
5138 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5140 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5141 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5143 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5147 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5148 an address to print. */
5149 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
5152 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
5153 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5154 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5157 return print_address_bits
;
5160 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5166 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
5168 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5170 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
5174 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
5176 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
5184 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
5185 char **error_message
)
5187 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
5190 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5192 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
5193 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
5199 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5200 internal or momentary. */
5203 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5205 return b
->number
> 0;
5208 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5209 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5210 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5211 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5212 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5213 breakpoints listed. */
5216 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
5217 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
5219 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5220 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
5221 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5222 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
5223 struct value_print_options opts
;
5224 int print_address_bits
= 0;
5225 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
5227 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5229 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5230 required for address fields. */
5231 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
5234 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5235 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5238 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5239 accept. Skip the others. */
5240 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5242 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5244 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5248 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5250 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
5252 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
5253 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
5254 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
5256 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
5257 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
5258 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
5260 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
5264 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5266 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
5267 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5271 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
5272 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
5275 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5276 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5277 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5279 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5280 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5282 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
5283 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5284 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5286 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5287 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5289 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5290 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5292 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5294 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
5295 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
5296 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5298 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
5299 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5301 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5303 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5304 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
5305 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
5306 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5311 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5312 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
5315 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5316 accept. Skip the others. */
5318 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
5320 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5322 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
5325 else /* all others */
5327 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
5331 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5333 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
5334 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
5337 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
5339 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
5341 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5345 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5346 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5348 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
5349 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5355 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
5356 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
5359 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5360 there have been breakpoints? */
5361 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5363 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
5366 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5367 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5370 default_collect_info (void)
5372 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5373 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5375 if (!*default_collect
)
5378 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
5381 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
5382 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
5386 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5388 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
5390 default_collect_info ();
5394 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5396 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
5398 if (num_printed
== 0)
5400 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
5401 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5403 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
5408 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
5410 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
5412 default_collect_info ();
5416 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5417 struct program_space
*pspace
,
5418 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
5420 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
5422 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5424 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
5425 && bl
->address
== pc
5426 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
5432 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
5433 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
5437 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5438 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5439 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
5442 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5445 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
5449 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
5450 else /* if (others == ???) */
5451 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
5453 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
5456 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
5457 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
5458 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
5459 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
5460 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
5461 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
5462 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
5463 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
5464 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5466 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
5470 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
5472 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
5473 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
5474 printf_filtered (".\n");
5478 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
5479 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
5482 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
5483 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
5486 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
5487 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
5488 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
5489 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
5490 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
5493 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
5494 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
5495 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
5496 (or use it for any other purpose either).
5498 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
5499 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
5500 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
5501 breakpoint at address zero:
5509 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5511 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
5513 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
5516 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
5517 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
5520 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5521 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5523 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5524 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5525 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5527 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
5528 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
5529 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
5530 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
5531 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
5532 other watchpoint. */
5533 if ((loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
5534 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
5536 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
5537 loc1
->owner
->cond_exp
))
5538 || (loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
5539 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
5541 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
5542 loc2
->owner
->cond_exp
)))
5545 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
5546 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
5547 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
5548 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
5549 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
5550 become hw_access locations later. */
5551 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
5552 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
5553 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
5554 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5557 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
5558 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
5559 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
5560 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5563 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5564 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
5566 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5567 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5571 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
5572 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
5573 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
5574 space doesn't really matter. */
5577 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
5578 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
5581 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
5582 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
5583 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
5586 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
5587 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
5588 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
5589 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
5592 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
5593 struct address_space
*aspace
,
5596 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
5599 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
5600 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
5604 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
5605 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
5606 represent the same location. */
5609 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
5610 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
5612 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
5614 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
5615 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
5616 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
5618 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
5619 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
5621 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
5624 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
5626 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
5627 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
5628 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
5629 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
5633 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
5634 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
5636 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
5637 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
5641 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
5642 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
5644 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
5645 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
5647 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
5650 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
5651 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
5652 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
5653 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
5656 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5657 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
5659 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
5661 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
5664 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
5665 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5666 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
5667 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
5668 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
5670 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
5671 have their addresses modified. */
5676 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
5678 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
5679 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
5680 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
5682 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
5683 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
5685 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
5686 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
5688 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
5692 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
5694 static struct bp_location
*
5695 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
5697 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5699 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
5700 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
5704 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
5713 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5715 case bp_exception_resume
:
5716 case bp_step_resume
:
5717 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5718 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5720 case bp_std_terminate
:
5721 case bp_shlib_event
:
5722 case bp_thread_event
:
5723 case bp_overlay_event
:
5725 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5726 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5727 case bp_exception_master
:
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5729 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5730 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
5732 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5733 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
5735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5736 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5737 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5738 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
5743 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5744 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5745 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
5748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
5756 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5761 if (loc
->function_name
)
5762 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
5767 /* Increment reference count. */
5770 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5775 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
5776 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
5779 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
5781 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
5783 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
5784 free_bp_location (*blp
);
5788 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
5791 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5793 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
5795 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
5796 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
5798 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
5800 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
5809 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
5812 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5813 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5816 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
5819 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
5820 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
5821 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
5823 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5826 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
5828 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
5829 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5830 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
5831 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
5833 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
5834 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
5835 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
5837 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
5840 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
5841 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
5842 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
5845 static struct breakpoint
*
5846 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5849 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5851 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
);
5856 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
5857 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
5861 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
5863 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
5865 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5866 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
5867 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
5871 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &loc
->function_name
,
5872 NULL
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
5874 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
5876 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5878 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
5879 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (loc
->function_name
,
5880 &loc
->requested_address
))
5882 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
5883 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
5884 loc
->requested_address
,
5887 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
5888 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
5890 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
5891 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
5892 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
5896 if (loc
->function_name
)
5897 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
5901 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
5902 static struct gdbarch
*
5903 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
5906 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
5908 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
5913 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
5914 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
5915 file name, and line number are provided by SAL. The newly created
5916 and partially initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint
5919 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5920 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5921 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5922 particular, init_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint number!
5923 Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur prior to
5924 completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this should
5925 happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5928 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5929 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5931 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
5932 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
5934 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
);
5936 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
5938 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
5940 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
5941 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
5943 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
5944 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
5945 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
5946 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
5947 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
5948 location that's only been partially initialized. */
5949 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
5952 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
5953 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
5954 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
5955 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
5956 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5958 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
5959 breakpoint resetting. */
5960 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
5962 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
5963 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
5965 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
5966 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
5967 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
5969 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
,
5970 sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.explicit_line
);
5972 breakpoints_changed ();
5975 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
5976 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
5977 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
5978 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
5979 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
5980 is also returned as the value of this function.
5982 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
5983 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
5984 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
5985 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
5986 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
5987 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
5988 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
5991 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5992 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
5994 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
5996 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
);
6001 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6002 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6004 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6006 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6008 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
6010 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6011 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6012 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6013 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6014 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implmement. */
6015 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6019 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6020 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6021 initiated the operation. */
6024 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
6026 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6027 int thread
= tp
->num
;
6029 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6030 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6031 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6032 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6034 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6035 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
6036 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
6038 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6040 clone
->type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
6041 clone
->thread
= thread
;
6044 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
6047 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6049 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
6051 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6053 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6054 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
6056 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
6057 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6062 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6064 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6067 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6069 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6070 update_global_location_list (1);
6071 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
6076 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6078 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6081 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
6083 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
6084 update_global_location_list (0);
6085 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
6089 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6090 master breakpoint. */
6092 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6094 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6097 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
6098 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
6100 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
6101 clone
->type
= bp_std_terminate
;
6105 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6107 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6109 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6111 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6112 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
6113 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6117 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6119 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6121 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
6123 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6124 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6126 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6128 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6134 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6136 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6138 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6139 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
6140 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6141 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6144 struct lang_and_radix
6150 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6153 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6155 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6157 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
6158 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6162 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6165 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6167 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6170 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6171 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6172 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6176 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6178 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
6180 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
6181 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
6182 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
6183 delete_breakpoint (b
);
6187 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
6189 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6191 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
6192 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6196 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6197 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6200 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6202 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6204 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6206 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6207 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6209 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6210 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6211 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6212 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6213 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6214 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
6215 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
6216 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6217 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
6218 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
6219 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6221 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
6223 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
6227 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6232 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in an unloaded shared library.
6233 Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6237 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
6239 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
6240 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
6242 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6243 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6244 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6245 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6246 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
6247 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
6250 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
6252 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6253 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
6255 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6256 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
6257 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
6258 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
6259 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6260 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
6261 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6262 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
6264 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
6265 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6266 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6267 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6270 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6271 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
6273 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
6275 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6276 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6277 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6280 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
6285 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6287 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6291 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6293 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6296 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6300 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6302 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6305 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6309 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6310 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6312 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6315 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6318 static enum print_stop_action
6319 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6321 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6322 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
6323 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6324 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6327 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6331 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6333 struct value_print_options opts
;
6335 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6337 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6338 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6340 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6341 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6343 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
6344 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6346 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6347 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6348 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6349 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6353 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6357 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6359 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
6362 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6366 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6368 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
6371 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
6373 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
6377 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
6378 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6379 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6380 print_it_catch_fork
,
6381 print_one_catch_fork
,
6382 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6383 print_mention_catch_fork
,
6384 print_recreate_catch_fork
6387 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6391 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6393 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6396 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6400 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6402 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6405 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6409 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6410 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6412 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->forked_inferior_pid
);
6415 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6418 static enum print_stop_action
6419 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6421 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6422 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
6423 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6424 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6427 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6431 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6433 struct value_print_options opts
;
6435 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6436 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6437 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6439 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6440 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6442 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
6443 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
6446 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
6447 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
6448 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
6452 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6456 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6458 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
6461 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
6465 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
6470 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
6472 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
6476 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
6477 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6478 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6479 print_it_catch_vfork
,
6480 print_one_catch_vfork
,
6481 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6482 print_mention_catch_vfork
,
6483 print_recreate_catch_vfork
6486 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6490 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6492 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6494 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6495 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6496 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6502 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6507 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6509 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
6510 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
6511 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
6513 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
6514 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
6516 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
6517 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
6519 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6520 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
6524 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6525 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6526 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6527 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6528 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6531 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6535 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6537 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
6539 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
6540 if (!bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6541 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
6547 VEC_iterate (int, bl
->owner
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6551 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
6552 /* Shouldn't happen. */
6554 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
6555 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
6559 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
6560 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
6561 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
6562 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
6564 inf
->syscalls_counts
));
6567 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6571 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6572 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6574 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
6575 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
6576 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
6577 int syscall_number
= 0;
6578 const struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
6580 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
6583 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
6584 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6589 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6591 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
6601 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6604 static enum print_stop_action
6605 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6607 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
6608 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
6609 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
6610 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
6612 struct target_waitstatus last
;
6614 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6617 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
6619 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
6621 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6624 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
6626 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
6628 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
6630 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
6631 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
6632 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6633 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
6634 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
6635 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
6637 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6639 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6642 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6646 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6647 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6649 struct value_print_options opts
;
6651 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6652 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6653 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6655 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6656 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6659 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
6660 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
6663 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
6665 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6668 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
6671 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6676 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6679 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
6681 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
6683 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
6684 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
6688 /* Remove the last comma. */
6689 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
6690 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
6693 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
6694 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6697 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6701 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6703 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6707 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
6708 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
6710 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
6713 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6717 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6720 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
6722 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
6724 printf_filtered (")");
6727 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
6731 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
6735 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
6739 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
6744 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
6749 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
6751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
6753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
6758 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
6760 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
6762 insert_catch_syscall
,
6763 remove_catch_syscall
,
6764 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
6765 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6766 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6767 print_it_catch_syscall
,
6768 print_one_catch_syscall
,
6769 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6770 print_mention_catch_syscall
,
6771 print_recreate_catch_syscall
6774 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
6777 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6779 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
6782 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
6783 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
6784 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
6785 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
6788 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6789 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6791 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6793 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6795 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6798 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
6800 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
6801 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6802 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6804 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
6806 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
6807 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6808 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6812 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
6813 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
6814 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
6815 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
6817 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6818 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6819 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6820 to the catchpoint. */
6822 static struct breakpoint
*
6823 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6825 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6827 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6829 init_catchpoint (b
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6833 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
6835 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
6836 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
6837 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
6838 to the catchpoint. */
6840 static struct breakpoint
*
6841 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
6842 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6844 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6845 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6848 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6849 update_global_location_list (1);
6855 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6856 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
6857 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6859 struct breakpoint
*b
6860 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
6862 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
6864 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
6867 /* Exec catchpoints. */
6870 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6872 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6876 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6878 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
6882 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
6883 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
6885 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &bl
->owner
->exec_pathname
);
6888 static enum print_stop_action
6889 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6891 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
6892 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
6894 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
6898 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
6900 struct value_print_options opts
;
6902 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6904 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6905 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6906 is relatively readable). */
6907 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6908 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6910 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
6911 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
6913 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
6914 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
6915 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
6920 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6922 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
6925 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
6929 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
6931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
6934 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
6938 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
6939 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
6940 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
6941 print_it_catch_exec
,
6942 print_one_catch_exec
,
6943 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
6944 print_mention_catch_exec
,
6945 print_recreate_catch_exec
6949 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
6950 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6952 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
6953 struct breakpoint
*b
=
6954 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
6956 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
6958 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
6961 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
6962 update_global_location_list (1);
6966 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
6969 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6970 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6974 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
6975 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6977 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
6979 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
6980 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
6990 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
6993 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6994 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6996 *other_type_used
= 0;
6999 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7002 if (b
->type
== type
)
7003 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7005 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7007 if (b
->ops
&& b
->ops
->resources_needed
)
7008 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7012 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
7013 *other_type_used
= 1;
7020 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7026 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7028 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
7029 update_global_location_list (0);
7035 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7037 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7041 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7043 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7044 update_global_location_list (1);
7050 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
7052 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7057 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7060 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7061 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7062 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7064 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7070 update_global_location_list (0);
7072 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
7076 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
7078 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7081 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
7085 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
7088 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7089 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7090 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
7092 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7098 breakpoint_re_set ();
7102 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
7103 at address specified by SAL.
7104 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
7107 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7108 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
7110 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7112 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
7114 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
7116 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7117 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7118 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7119 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
7121 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
7122 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
7124 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
7125 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7127 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7132 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
7136 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
7138 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
7140 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
7144 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
7145 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
7146 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
7148 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
7149 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
7150 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
7151 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
7152 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
7154 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
7155 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
7157 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
7159 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
7160 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
7161 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
7162 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
7164 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7165 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7166 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
7168 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
7173 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7176 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7178 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
7180 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
7181 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7183 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
7187 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
7190 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7193 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
7194 struct value_print_options opts
;
7196 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7198 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
7199 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
7204 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "),
7208 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
7209 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7210 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7211 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7212 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7213 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7215 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7216 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
7217 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
7218 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7219 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7220 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7221 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7223 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
7225 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
7226 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7227 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7228 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7229 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7231 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7232 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
7233 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
7234 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
7235 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
7236 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
7237 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
7240 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7241 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7246 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7247 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
7249 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
7250 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7251 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
7252 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
7255 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7261 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
7265 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7270 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
7271 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7274 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7275 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7280 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
7281 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7284 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7285 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7290 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
7291 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
7298 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7300 case bp_exception_resume
:
7301 case bp_step_resume
:
7302 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7304 case bp_std_terminate
:
7305 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7306 case bp_shlib_event
:
7307 case bp_thread_event
:
7308 case bp_overlay_event
:
7310 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7311 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7312 case bp_exception_master
:
7313 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7319 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
7323 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
7327 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
7329 printf_filtered (" at ");
7330 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
7334 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
7335 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
7339 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
7341 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7343 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
7348 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7350 printf_filtered ("\n");
7354 static struct bp_location
*
7355 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7356 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
7358 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
7360 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
7361 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
7364 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
7366 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
7367 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
7368 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7369 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
7370 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
7371 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
7372 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
7374 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
7375 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
7380 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
7381 return 0 otherwise. */
7384 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7388 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
7389 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
7390 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7393 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
7395 addr
= loc
->address
;
7396 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
7398 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
7402 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
7404 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
7405 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
7406 breakpoints they are permanent. */
7407 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7409 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
7410 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
7412 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
7413 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
7416 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
7423 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
7424 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
7425 as condition expression. */
7428 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7429 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
7431 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7432 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7433 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7434 int enabled
, int internal
, int display_canonical
)
7436 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
7439 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7441 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7442 int target_resources_ok
=
7443 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
7445 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
7446 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7447 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
7448 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7451 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
7453 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7455 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
7456 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7460 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7462 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7464 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7465 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
7470 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
7471 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7475 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7476 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
7477 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7478 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
7479 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
7481 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
7483 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
7485 if (is_marker_spec (addr_string
))
7487 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
7488 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
7489 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
7494 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7496 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7498 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7499 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
7501 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7503 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7505 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
7507 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
7508 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
7510 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
7512 b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
7515 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
7516 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
7519 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
7520 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7521 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
7522 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
7528 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7531 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
7532 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
7536 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
7537 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
7539 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
7543 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
7545 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7547 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
7550 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7553 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
7554 notify observers. */
7557 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
7560 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
7561 elements to fill the void space. */
7563 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
7565 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
7566 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
7568 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
7569 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
7574 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
7575 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
7576 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
7577 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
7578 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
7579 single expanded sal, return the original.
7581 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
7582 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
7583 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
7584 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
7585 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
7587 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7588 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7590 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
7591 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
7592 char *original_function
= NULL
;
7595 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7597 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
7598 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
7599 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
7602 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7603 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7609 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
7611 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
7613 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
7615 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
7616 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
7618 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
7620 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
7621 past the function prologue if necessary. */
7622 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7624 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7625 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7626 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7627 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
7628 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7632 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
7634 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
7635 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7637 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
7638 char *this_function
;
7640 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
7642 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
7644 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
7645 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
7648 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
7650 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
7657 /* Skip the function prologue if necessary. */
7658 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7659 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
7661 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7663 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
7665 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero expanded sals
7666 then something is really wrong. Fix that by returning the
7669 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
7671 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7672 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
7673 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
7680 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
7681 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
7692 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
7693 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
7694 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
7695 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
7696 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
7697 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
7698 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
7699 we take just a single condition string.
7701 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
7702 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
7703 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
7704 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
7705 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
7708 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7709 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
7710 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
7712 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
7713 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
7714 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
7715 int enabled
, int internal
)
7719 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
7721 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
7722 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
7724 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
->canonical
[i
],
7725 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
7726 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
7727 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
7728 canonical
->special_display
);
7732 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
7733 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
7734 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
7735 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
7737 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
7738 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
7741 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
7742 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
7743 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
7745 char *addr_start
= *address
;
7747 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
7749 if ((*address
) == NULL
7750 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
7752 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7754 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7756 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
7757 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
7758 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
7759 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
7760 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
7761 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
7762 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
7763 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
7765 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
7766 where PC is the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure
7767 to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to
7768 expand the list of sals to include all other instances
7769 with the same symtab and line. */
7770 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
7772 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
7776 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
7780 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
7781 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
7782 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
7783 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
7785 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
7786 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
7788 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
7790 if (default_breakpoint_valid
7792 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
7793 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
7794 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7795 default_breakpoint_line
, canonical
);
7797 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
7800 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
7801 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && canonical
->canonical
== NULL
)
7802 canonical
->canonical
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char *));
7803 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
7807 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7809 /* Add the string if not present. */
7810 if (canonical
->canonical
[i
] == NULL
)
7811 canonical
->canonical
[i
] = savestring (addr_start
,
7812 (*address
) - addr_start
);
7818 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
7819 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
7822 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7826 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7827 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
7830 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
7831 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
7832 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
7833 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
7834 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
7838 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7839 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
7842 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
7844 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7846 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
7848 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
7850 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
,
7852 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
7855 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
7856 paddress (gdbarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
7858 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7862 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
7863 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
7864 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
7865 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
7866 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
7867 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
7869 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7870 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
7872 *cond_string
= NULL
;
7878 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7879 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7881 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
7883 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
7885 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7887 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7889 struct expression
*expr
;
7891 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7892 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
7895 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
7896 cond_end
- cond_start
);
7898 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7904 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7906 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
7907 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
7908 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
7910 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
7916 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
7918 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
7919 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
7920 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
7923 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7927 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
7929 static struct symtabs_and_lines
7930 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
7932 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
7933 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7934 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7936 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7937 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
7942 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
7944 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
7946 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
7947 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
7949 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
7950 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
7951 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
7953 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
7954 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
7956 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
7958 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
7960 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
7962 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
7964 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
7965 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
7967 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
7970 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7976 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
7977 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
7978 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
7979 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
7980 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
7981 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
7982 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
7983 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
7984 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
7988 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7989 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
7990 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
7991 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
7993 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
7994 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7995 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
)
7997 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
7998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7999 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
8001 char *addr_start
= arg
;
8002 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8003 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8004 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
8008 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
8012 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
8014 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (arg
))
8018 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
8020 copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, arg
- addr_start
);
8021 canonical
.canonical
= xcalloc (sals
.nelts
, sizeof (char *));
8022 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8023 canonical
.canonical
[i
] = xstrdup (copy_arg
);
8027 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
8029 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals
, &canonical
);
8032 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8036 throw_exception (e
);
8040 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
8042 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8045 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
8046 throw_exception (e
);
8048 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
8050 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8051 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8052 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8053 && !nquery (_("Make breakpoint pending on "
8054 "future shared library load? ")))
8057 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8058 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8059 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8060 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8061 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
8062 canonical
.canonical
= ©_arg
;
8064 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
8069 throw_exception (e
);
8079 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8080 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8084 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
8085 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8087 /* Cleanup the canonical array but not its contents. */
8088 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
);
8091 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8092 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8093 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8094 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8095 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
8097 /* Mark the contents of the canonical for cleanup. These go on
8098 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
8099 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8101 if (canonical
.canonical
[i
] != NULL
)
8102 make_cleanup (xfree
, canonical
.canonical
[i
]);
8105 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8106 are ok for the target. */
8108 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
);
8110 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8111 if (type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
8112 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &sals
);
8114 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8115 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8119 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
8121 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8122 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8123 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8124 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8127 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
8130 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8134 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8137 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
8138 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
8142 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
8143 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
8144 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
8145 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
8146 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
8147 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
8148 if (type_wanted
== bp_static_tracepoint
8149 && is_marker_spec (canonical
.canonical
[0]))
8153 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8155 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
8156 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
8157 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
8160 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8161 expanded
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[i
];
8162 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expanded
.sals
);
8164 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, expanded
, canonical
.canonical
[i
],
8165 cond_string
, type_wanted
,
8166 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8167 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8168 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
,
8169 canonical
.special_display
);
8171 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8173 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
8175 tp
= get_breakpoint (internal_breakpoint_number
);
8177 tp
= get_breakpoint (breakpoint_count
);
8178 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
8180 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
8181 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
8182 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
8183 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
8184 try to match up which of the newly found markers
8185 corresponds to this one */
8186 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
8190 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, sals
, &canonical
, cond_string
,
8192 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
8193 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
8198 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8200 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
8202 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
8203 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8205 b
->addr_string
= canonical
.canonical
[0];
8206 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
8207 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8208 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8209 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
8211 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8212 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
8213 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
8215 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
8216 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
8217 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
8218 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
8221 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number,
8222 but do notify observers. */
8224 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8229 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8230 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8231 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
8234 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8236 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
8237 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8238 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8240 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8241 update_global_location_list (1);
8246 /* Set a breakpoint.
8247 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8248 condition, and thread.
8249 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8250 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8254 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
8256 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
8257 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8258 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8261 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8263 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8264 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
8265 0 /* Ignore count */,
8266 pending_break_support
,
8267 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
8274 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8277 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8281 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8283 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
8284 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8285 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8288 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8289 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8290 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
8291 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
8294 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8296 struct blockvector
*bv
;
8300 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
8303 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
8306 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
8307 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
8311 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8312 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8313 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8314 happen in assembly source). */
8316 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
8317 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8319 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
8321 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
8323 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
8325 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
8332 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8334 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8338 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8340 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
8344 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8346 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
8350 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8352 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
8356 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8358 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8359 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8360 stop at <line>\n"));
8364 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8368 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
8370 else if (*arg
!= '*')
8375 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
8376 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
8377 function/method name. */
8378 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8380 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8385 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
8387 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
8391 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
8393 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8397 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8401 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
8408 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
8409 it is probably a line number. */
8410 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
8412 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
8417 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
8419 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
8423 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
8425 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
8428 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
8429 ranged breakpoints. */
8432 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8433 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8436 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
8437 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
8440 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8441 ranged breakpoints. */
8444 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8446 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8449 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8450 ranged breakpoints. */
8452 static enum print_stop_action
8453 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8455 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8457 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8459 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8460 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8462 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
8463 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
8466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
8467 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8469 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8470 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
8471 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8473 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8474 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
8476 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8479 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
8480 ranged breakpoints. */
8483 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8484 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8486 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8487 struct value_print_options opts
;
8489 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
8490 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
8492 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8494 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8495 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
8496 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
8497 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8499 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
8503 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8504 ranged breakpoints. */
8507 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8508 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8510 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
8511 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8512 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
8513 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
8517 address_start
= bl
->address
;
8518 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
8520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
8521 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
->stream
, "[%s, %s]",
8522 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
8523 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
8524 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8527 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8530 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
8531 ranged breakpoints. */
8534 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8536 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
8539 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8541 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8544 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
8545 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
8546 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
8549 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
8550 ranged breakpoints. */
8553 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
8556 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
8559 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
8561 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
=
8565 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
,
8566 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
,
8567 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
8568 print_it_ranged_breakpoint
,
8569 print_one_ranged_breakpoint
,
8570 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
,
8571 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
,
8572 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
8575 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
8576 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
8577 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
8578 last instruction of the given line. */
8581 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
8585 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
8586 find the address of the end of the given location. */
8587 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
8594 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
8596 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8598 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
8605 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
8608 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8610 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
8611 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
8612 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
8614 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8615 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
8616 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_start
, sals_end
;
8617 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
8619 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
8620 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
8621 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
8623 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8624 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
8625 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8628 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8630 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
8631 error(_("No address range specified."));
8633 sals_start
.sals
= NULL
;
8634 sals_start
.nelts
= 0;
8635 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
8637 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8640 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &sals_start
, &canonical_start
);
8642 sal_start
= sals_start
.sals
[0];
8643 addr_string_start
= canonical_start
.canonical
[0];
8644 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
8645 xfree (sals_start
.sals
);
8646 xfree (canonical_start
.canonical
);
8649 error (_("Too few arguments."));
8650 else if (sals_start
.nelts
== 0)
8651 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
8652 else if (sals_start
.nelts
!= 1)
8653 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8655 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_start
);
8657 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
8658 while (*arg
== ' ' || *arg
== '\t')
8661 /* Parse the end location. */
8663 sals_end
.sals
= NULL
;
8665 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
8668 /* We call decode_line_1 directly here instead of using
8669 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
8670 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
8671 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
8672 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
8673 sals_end
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
8676 /* canonical_end can be NULL if it was of the form "*0xdeadbeef". */
8677 if (canonical_end
.canonical
== NULL
)
8678 canonical_end
.canonical
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (char *));
8679 /* Add the string if not present. */
8680 if (arg_start
!= arg
&& canonical_end
.canonical
[0] == NULL
)
8681 canonical_end
.canonical
[0] = savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
8683 sal_end
= sals_end
.sals
[0];
8684 addr_string_end
= canonical_end
.canonical
[0];
8685 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
8686 xfree (sals_end
.sals
);
8687 xfree (canonical_end
.canonical
);
8689 if (sals_end
.nelts
== 0)
8690 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
8691 else if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 1)
8692 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
8694 resolve_sal_pc (&sal_end
);
8696 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
8697 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
8698 error (_("Invalid address range, end preceeds start."));
8700 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
8702 /* Length overflowed. */
8703 error (_("Address range too large."));
8704 else if (length
== 1)
8706 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
8707 the `hbreak' command. */
8708 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
8710 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8715 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
8716 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
8717 bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
8718 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
8719 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
8720 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8721 b
->addr_string
= addr_string_start
;
8722 b
->addr_string_range_end
= addr_string_end
;
8723 b
->ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
8724 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
8726 discard_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
8729 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8730 update_global_location_list (1);
8733 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
8734 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
8735 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
8738 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
8746 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
8747 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
8750 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
8760 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8761 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8762 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8763 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8764 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8766 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8782 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT
:
8794 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
8797 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8798 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
8801 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
8802 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
8803 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
8804 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
8806 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
8807 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
8812 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
8814 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
8815 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
8816 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
8817 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
8819 We also have to check for function symbols because they
8820 are always constant. */
8822 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
8824 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
8825 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
8826 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
8831 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
8832 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
8833 then it is not a constant. */
8842 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8845 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8847 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8849 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8850 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8853 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
8856 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8858 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8860 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
8861 bl
->owner
->cond_exp
);
8864 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8865 hardware watchpoints. */
8868 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8870 int length
= bl
->owner
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
8872 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
8875 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8876 hardware watchpoints. */
8879 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8881 return b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
8884 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
8886 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
8890 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
8891 resources_needed_watchpoint
,
8892 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
,
8893 NULL
, /* print_it */
8894 NULL
, /* print_one */
8895 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
8896 NULL
, /* print_mention */
8897 NULL
/* print_recreate */
8900 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
8901 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8904 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8906 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8907 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8910 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
8911 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8914 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8916 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
,
8917 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
8920 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
8921 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8924 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
8926 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
,
8927 bl
->owner
->hw_wp_mask
);
8930 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
8931 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8934 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
8939 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
8940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8942 static enum print_stop_action
8943 print_it_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8945 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8946 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8950 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
8951 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
8952 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8955 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8958 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
8959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8965 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
8966 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8969 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
8972 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8973 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
8977 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
8978 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
8979 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
8980 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8982 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
8983 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
8986 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
8987 masked hardware watchpoints. */
8990 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
8991 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
8993 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
8994 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
8996 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
8997 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
8998 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
9001 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9002 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9005 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9007 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
9011 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9013 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
9015 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9016 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9017 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
9019 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9021 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
9024 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9025 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9028 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
9029 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
9030 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
9031 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
9034 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9035 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9038 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9044 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9045 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
9047 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9048 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
9050 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
9054 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9055 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9058 sprintf_vma (tmp
, b
->hw_wp_mask
);
9059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", b
->exp_string
, tmp
);
9062 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9064 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
=
9066 insert_masked_watchpoint
,
9067 remove_masked_watchpoint
,
9068 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9069 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
,
9070 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
,
9071 print_it_masked_watchpoint
,
9072 NULL
, /* print_one */
9073 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
,
9074 print_mention_masked_watchpoint
,
9075 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
9078 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9081 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9083 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9086 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9087 hw_read: watch read,
9088 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9090 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
9091 int just_location
, int internal
)
9093 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9094 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
9095 struct expression
*exp
;
9096 struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9097 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
9098 struct frame_info
*frame
;
9099 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
9100 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
9101 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
9103 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9104 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9105 enum bptype bp_type
;
9108 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9109 the hardware watchpoint. */
9113 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9114 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
9118 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9119 of the arguments string. */
9120 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
9122 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9123 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9126 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9127 This is the value of the parameter. */
9128 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9130 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
9132 /* Skip whitespace. */
9133 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
9138 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9139 This is the parameter itself. */
9140 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
9143 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
9145 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
9147 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
9148 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
9149 only in a specific thread. */
9153 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
9155 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
9156 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
9158 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
9160 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
9161 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
9163 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
9164 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
9165 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
9167 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
9169 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
9170 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
9172 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
9175 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
9177 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
9179 mark
= value_mark ();
9180 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
9181 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
9182 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9185 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
9188 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
9189 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
9194 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
9195 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9197 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
9199 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
9200 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
9202 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
9205 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
9206 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
9210 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
9211 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
9213 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
9216 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9217 mark
= value_mark ();
9218 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
9224 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
9225 val
= value_addr (result
);
9226 release_value (val
);
9227 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9231 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
9234 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
9236 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
9239 else if (val
!= NULL
)
9240 release_value (val
);
9242 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9243 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9245 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9246 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9248 struct expression
*cond
;
9250 innermost_block
= NULL
;
9251 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9252 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
9254 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
9255 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
9256 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
9262 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
9264 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
9265 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
9266 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
9267 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
9269 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9271 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
9273 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
9274 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
9275 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
9276 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
9277 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
9279 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9282 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9283 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
9284 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
9286 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9288 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
9289 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
9291 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
9292 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
9294 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
9295 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
9296 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
9297 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
9298 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9299 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
9300 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
9301 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
9302 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
9306 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9307 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
9309 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9311 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
9312 b
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
9315 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
9316 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
9319 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
9320 name
= type_to_string (t
);
9322 b
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
9323 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
9326 b
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
9327 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
9329 /* The above expression is in C. */
9330 b
->language
= language_c
;
9333 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
9337 b
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
9338 b
->ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9344 b
->ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9348 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9354 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
9355 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
9359 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
9360 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
9363 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
9365 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
9366 need to act on them together. */
9367 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
9368 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
9372 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
9374 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9376 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
9377 that should be inserted. */
9378 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
9382 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9383 throw_exception (e
);
9386 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
9388 /* Do not mention breakpoints with a negative number, but do
9389 notify observers. */
9392 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
9394 update_global_location_list (1);
9397 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
9398 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
9401 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
9403 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
9404 struct value
*head
= v
;
9406 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
9407 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
9410 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
9411 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
9412 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
9413 hardware watchpoint.
9415 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
9416 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
9417 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
9418 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
9419 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
9420 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
9421 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
9422 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
9423 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
9425 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
9426 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
9427 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
9428 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
9429 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
9431 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
9433 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
9434 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
9435 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
9436 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
9437 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
9438 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
9442 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
9443 it with hardware watchpoints. */
9444 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
9446 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
9447 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
9448 middle of some value chain. */
9450 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
9451 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
9453 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
9457 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
9458 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
9459 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
9461 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
9465 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
9469 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
9470 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
9471 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
9472 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
9473 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
9476 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
9477 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
9478 return found_memory_cnt
;
9482 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9484 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9487 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
9488 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
9489 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
9490 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
9493 check_for_argument (char **str
, char *arg
, int arg_len
)
9495 if (strncmp (*str
, arg
, arg_len
) == 0
9496 && ((*str
)[arg_len
] == '\0' || isspace ((*str
)[arg_len
])))
9504 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
9505 calls watch_command_1. */
9508 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
9510 int just_location
= 0;
9513 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
9514 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
9516 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9520 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
9524 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9526 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
9530 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9532 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9536 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9538 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
9542 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
9544 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
9548 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9550 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
9554 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
9555 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
9557 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
9559 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9560 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
9564 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
9565 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
9566 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
9569 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
9571 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
9573 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
9575 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
9576 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
9580 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
9582 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9583 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9584 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
9585 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
9586 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
9587 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9589 struct thread_info
*tp
;
9591 clear_proceed_status ();
9593 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
9596 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9597 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9598 default_breakpoint_line
, NULL
);
9600 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
9602 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
9603 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
9606 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
9609 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9611 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9614 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
9615 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
9616 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9617 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
9619 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
9620 only at the very same frame. */
9621 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
9622 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
9625 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
9627 tp
= inferior_thread ();
9630 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
9633 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
9635 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
9636 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
9637 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
9639 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
9641 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
9643 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
));
9644 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
9647 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
9649 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
9650 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
9651 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
9652 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
9654 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
9656 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
9657 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
9659 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
9660 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
9661 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
9663 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9664 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
9665 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
9669 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9672 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
9673 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
9675 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
9676 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
9677 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
9678 if clause in the arg string. */
9681 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
9685 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
9688 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
9691 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
9692 condition string. */
9693 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
9696 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
9698 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
9703 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
9704 process start/exit, etc. */
9708 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
9709 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
9714 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9715 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9717 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9718 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9719 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
9722 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
9723 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
9724 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
9728 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9730 /* The allowed syntax is:
9732 catch [v]fork if <cond>
9734 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9735 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9737 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9738 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9740 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
9741 and enable reporting of such events. */
9744 case catch_fork_temporary
:
9745 case catch_fork_permanent
:
9746 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9747 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
9749 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
9750 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
9751 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9752 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
9755 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
9761 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
9762 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9764 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
9766 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9768 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9772 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9774 /* The allowed syntax is:
9776 catch exec if <cond>
9778 First, check if there's an if clause. */
9779 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9781 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9782 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9784 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
9785 and enable reporting of such events. */
9786 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
9787 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
9790 static enum print_stop_action
9791 print_it_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9793 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
9795 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
9797 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9798 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
9799 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
9802 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9804 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
9806 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9807 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9809 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
9810 : " (exception caught), ");
9811 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
9813 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
9814 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9815 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9816 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9818 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9822 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9823 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9825 struct value_print_options opts
;
9827 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9828 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9831 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
9832 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
9834 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
9835 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
9840 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
9841 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
9843 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
9847 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9852 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9853 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9854 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
9855 : _("Catchpoint "));
9856 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
9857 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
9861 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
9862 catch catchpoints. */
9865 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9871 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
9872 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
9873 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
9874 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
9877 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
9880 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
9881 NULL
, /* resources_needed */
9882 NULL
, /* works_in_software_mode */
9883 print_it_exception_catchpoint
,
9884 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
9885 NULL
, /* print_one_detail */
9886 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
,
9887 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
9891 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
9892 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
9894 char *trigger_func_name
;
9896 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9897 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
9899 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
9901 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9902 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
9903 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
9904 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
9906 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
9907 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
9914 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
9917 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
9918 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
9920 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
9924 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9926 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
9928 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
9929 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9931 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
9932 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
9933 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
9935 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
9938 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
9941 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
9944 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9946 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9948 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9951 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
9954 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
9956 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
9958 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
9961 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
9964 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9965 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
9969 struct expression
*cond
,
9970 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9974 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9978 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9980 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9982 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9983 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
9984 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
9985 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
9986 used for different exception names will use the same address.
9987 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
9988 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
9989 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
9990 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
9991 enough for now, though. */
9994 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
9995 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9997 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9998 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9999 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10000 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
10001 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
10002 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
10003 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10004 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
10005 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
10010 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10011 update_global_location_list (1);
10014 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
10017 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10018 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10020 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10022 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10023 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10024 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
10025 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
10026 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
10027 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10029 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10033 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
10034 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
10035 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
10036 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
10040 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
10042 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
10044 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
10045 VEC_free (int, iter
);
10048 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10049 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10051 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
10053 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
10054 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
10056 while (*arg
!= '\0')
10058 int i
, syscall_number
;
10060 char cur_name
[128];
10063 /* Skip whitespace. */
10064 while (isspace (*arg
))
10067 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
10068 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
10069 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
10072 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10073 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
10074 if (*endptr
== '\0')
10075 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
10078 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10080 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
10082 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
10083 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10084 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10085 syscall number to be caught. */
10086 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
10089 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10090 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
10093 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
10097 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10100 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10101 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10106 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10108 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10109 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
10110 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10111 this architecture yet."));
10113 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10115 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10117 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10118 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10119 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10120 for his/her architecture. */
10121 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
10123 /* The allowed syntax is:
10125 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10127 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10130 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
10134 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
10135 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
10138 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
10141 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
10142 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
10144 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
10146 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10147 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
10148 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
10150 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
10154 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
10155 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
10156 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
10160 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10162 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10167 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10169 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10172 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10175 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10177 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10178 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
10181 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
10182 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10187 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
10192 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
10193 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
10194 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
10195 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
10196 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
10197 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
10198 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
10199 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
10200 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
10201 error (_("No source file specified."));
10203 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
10209 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10210 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10211 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10212 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10214 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10215 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10216 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10217 due to optimization, all in one block.
10219 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10220 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10221 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10222 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10223 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10224 to support that. */
10226 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10227 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10228 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10232 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
10234 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10235 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10236 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10239 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10244 1 0 <can't happen> */
10246 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
10248 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10249 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10252 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10253 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10255 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
10256 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10258 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
10259 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10260 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10261 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10262 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
10263 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
10264 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
10265 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
10266 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
10267 && filename_cmp (b
->source_file
,
10268 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
10269 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
10270 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
10279 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
10282 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
10283 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
10286 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
10288 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
10291 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
10292 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
10295 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
10296 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
10298 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
10300 breakpoints_changed ();
10302 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
10305 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
10306 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10309 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
10312 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
10313 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
10314 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
10317 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
10319 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10321 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10322 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
10323 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
10325 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
10327 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10329 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
10330 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10334 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
10335 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
10336 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
10337 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
10338 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
10339 qsort being an instable algorithm. */
10342 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
10344 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
10345 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
10346 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
10347 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10348 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
10350 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
10351 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
10353 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
10354 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
10355 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
10357 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of
10358 the same breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
10360 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
10361 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
10362 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
10364 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
10367 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
10368 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
10369 content of the bp_location array. */
10372 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
10374 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
10376 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
10377 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
10379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
10381 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
10383 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
10386 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
10387 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
10389 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
10390 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
10391 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
10392 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
10394 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
10396 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
10397 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
10398 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
10399 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
10403 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
10404 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
10405 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
10406 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
10407 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
10408 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
10409 returns true on them.
10411 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
10412 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
10413 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
10414 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
10415 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
10416 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
10419 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
10421 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10422 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
10423 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
10425 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
10426 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
10427 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
10428 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
10429 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
10431 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
10432 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
10433 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
10434 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
10436 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
10437 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
10438 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
10439 unsigned old_location_count
;
10441 old_location
= bp_location
;
10442 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
10443 bp_location
= NULL
;
10444 bp_location_count
= 0;
10445 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
10447 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10448 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10449 bp_location_count
++;
10451 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
10452 locp
= bp_location
;
10453 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10454 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10456 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
10457 bp_location_compare
);
10459 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
10461 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
10462 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
10463 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
10464 if there's another location at the same address (previously
10465 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
10468 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
10469 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
10471 locp
= bp_location
;
10472 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
10475 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
10476 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
10478 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If
10479 not, we have to free it. */
10480 int found_object
= 0;
10481 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
10482 int keep_in_target
= 0;
10485 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
10486 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
10487 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10488 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
10492 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10493 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10496 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
10503 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
10504 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
10505 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
10506 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
10507 at certain location is not inserted. */
10509 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
10511 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
10514 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
10516 /* The location is still present in the location list,
10517 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
10518 keep_in_target
= 1;
10522 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
10523 disabled. See if there's another location at the
10524 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
10525 this one from the target. */
10527 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
10528 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
10531 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
10532 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
10535 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
10537 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
10539 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
10540 Duplicates check below will fix up this
10542 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
10544 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
10545 access watchpoints, if the former are not
10546 supported, but the latter are. */
10547 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10549 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
10550 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
10553 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
10555 loc2
->inserted
= 1;
10556 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
10557 keep_in_target
= 1;
10565 if (!keep_in_target
)
10567 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
10569 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
10570 this location on the global list, and try to
10571 remove it next time, but there's no particular
10572 reason why we will succeed next time.
10574 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
10575 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
10576 only after calling us. */
10577 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
10578 "breakpoint %d\n"),
10579 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
10587 if (removed
&& non_stop
10588 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
10589 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
10591 /* This location was removed from the target. In
10592 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
10593 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
10594 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
10595 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
10596 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
10597 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
10598 after we see some number of events. The theory here
10599 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
10600 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
10601 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
10602 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
10603 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
10604 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
10607 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
10608 decr_pc_after_break targets.
10610 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
10611 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
10612 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
10613 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
10614 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
10615 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
10616 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
10617 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
10618 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
10619 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
10620 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
10621 targets that do not support new thread events, like
10622 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
10625 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
10626 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
10627 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
10628 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
10630 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
10631 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
10632 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
10633 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
10634 traps we can no longer explain. */
10636 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
10637 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10639 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
10643 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
10644 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
10649 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
10650 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
10651 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
10652 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
10653 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
10654 are sorted first for the same address.
10656 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
10657 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
10659 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10660 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10661 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10662 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
10663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
10665 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
10667 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
10668 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
10670 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
10671 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
10672 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
10674 || loc
->shlib_disabled
10675 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
10676 || is_tracepoint (b
))
10679 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
10680 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
10681 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10682 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
10683 "actually inserted"));
10685 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
10686 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
10687 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
10688 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
10689 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
10690 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
10692 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
10694 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
10695 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
10696 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
10698 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
10699 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
10703 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
10705 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
10706 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
10707 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10708 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
10709 "a permanent breakpoint"));
10712 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
10713 && (have_live_inferiors ()
10714 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
10715 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
10717 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
10721 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
10723 struct bp_location
*loc
;
10726 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
10727 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
10729 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
10730 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
10736 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
10738 struct gdb_exception e
;
10740 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10741 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
10744 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
10747 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10751 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
10752 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
10754 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
10755 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
10756 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
10760 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
10762 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
10764 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
10766 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
10770 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
10774 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
10776 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10778 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
10780 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
10781 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
10784 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
10785 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
10786 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
10787 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
10788 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
10791 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
10792 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
10793 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
10794 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
10796 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
10799 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
10800 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
10801 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
10803 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10805 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10806 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
->related_breakpoint
);
10807 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
10808 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (bpt
);
10810 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
10811 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
10812 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
10813 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
10814 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
10817 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
10818 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
10819 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
10820 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
10822 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
10824 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
10825 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
10827 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10828 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
10830 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
10834 decref_counted_command_line (&bpt
->commands
);
10835 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
10836 xfree (bpt
->cond_exp
);
10837 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
10838 xfree (bpt
->addr_string_range_end
);
10840 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
10841 xfree (bpt
->exp_string_reparse
);
10842 value_free (bpt
->val
);
10843 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
10844 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
10845 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
10848 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
10850 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
10851 in all threeds for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
10852 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
10853 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
10854 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
10855 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
10856 commands won't work. */
10858 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
10860 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
10861 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
10862 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
10863 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
10864 might be better design to have location completely
10865 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
10866 update_global_location_list (0);
10869 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
10870 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
10871 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
10877 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
10879 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10883 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10885 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
10888 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
10889 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
10892 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10893 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
10897 struct breakpoint
*related
;
10902 struct breakpoint
*next
;
10904 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
10905 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
10907 if (next
== related
)
10909 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
10910 function (related
, data
);
10912 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
10913 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
10918 function (related
, data
);
10922 while (related
!= b
);
10926 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10928 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10931 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
10932 delete_breakpoint. */
10935 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
10937 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10941 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10943 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
10949 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
10951 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
10952 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
10953 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
10954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
10955 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10957 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
10961 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
10963 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
10965 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
10966 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
10967 delete_breakpoint (b
);
10971 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
10975 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10977 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
10978 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
10983 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
10984 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
10985 Null names are ignored. */
10988 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
10990 struct bp_location
*l
;
10991 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
10992 (int (*) (const void *,
10993 const void *)) streq
,
10994 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
10996 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
10999 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
11001 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
11005 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
11007 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
11011 htab_delete (htab
);
11017 htab_delete (htab
);
11021 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
11022 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
11023 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
11024 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
11025 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
11026 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
11027 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
11028 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
11031 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
11032 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
11033 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
11034 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
11035 in the sources, and output a warning.
11037 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
11038 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
11039 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
11040 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
11041 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
11044 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
11045 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
11046 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
11047 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
11048 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
11049 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
11050 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
11051 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
11052 precisely because it confuses tools). */
11054 static struct symtab_and_line
11055 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
11057 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
11063 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
11065 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
11067 if (strcmp (b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
11068 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
11070 b
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
11072 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11073 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
11074 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
11079 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
11081 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
11083 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11084 && b
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
11086 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
11089 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11091 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
11093 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11094 struct symbol
*sym
;
11095 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
11097 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
11099 xfree (b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11100 b
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
->str_id
);
11102 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
11103 "found at previous line number"),
11104 b
->number
, b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11108 sal
.pc
= marker
->address
;
11110 sal
= find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
11111 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (marker
->address
, NULL
);
11112 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
11115 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
11116 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
11117 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
11119 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11120 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
11122 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11124 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
11127 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
11130 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal
.line
);
11131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11133 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
11135 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11137 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11139 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11141 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
11142 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
11143 sal
.symtab
->filename
, b
->line_number
);
11145 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
11148 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
11154 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
11155 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
11158 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
11162 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11165 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
11168 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
11175 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
11181 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
11182 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
11183 a ranged breakpoint. */
11186 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11187 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
11188 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
11191 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
11193 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end location. */
11194 gdb_assert (sals_end
.nelts
== 0 || (sals
.nelts
== 1 && sals_end
.nelts
== 1));
11196 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
11197 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
11198 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
11199 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
11200 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
11201 individual locations. */
11202 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
11207 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
11209 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
11210 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
11212 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
11214 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
11217 struct gdb_exception e
;
11219 s
= b
->cond_string
;
11220 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11222 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
11227 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
11228 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
11229 b
->number
, e
.message
);
11230 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
11234 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
11235 xfree (b
->source_file
);
11236 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
11237 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
11239 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
11241 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
11242 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
11244 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
11246 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11248 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
11252 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
11253 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11254 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
11256 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
11259 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
11260 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
11261 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
11262 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
11263 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
11264 often enough until a better solution is found. */
11265 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
11267 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
11269 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
11271 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
11272 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
11274 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11275 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
11283 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
11284 if (l
->function_name
11285 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
11295 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
11296 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11298 update_global_location_list (1);
11301 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
11302 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
11304 static struct symtabs_and_lines
11305 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
11309 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
11310 struct gdb_exception e
;
11313 marker_spec
= b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& is_marker_spec (s
);
11315 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
11319 sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
11320 if (sals
.nelts
> b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
11322 sals
.sals
[0] = sals
.sals
[b
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
11326 error (_("marker %s not found"), b
->static_trace_marker_id
);
11329 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
11333 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
11334 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
11335 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
11336 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
11337 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
11338 state, then user already saw the message about that
11339 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
11341 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
11342 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
11343 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11344 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
11345 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
11347 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
11349 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
11350 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
11351 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
11352 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
11353 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
11354 which approach is better. */
11355 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11356 throw_exception (e
);
11360 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
11362 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
11365 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
11367 char *cond_string
= 0;
11371 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
11372 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
11374 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
11375 b
->thread
= thread
;
11377 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
11380 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !marker_spec
)
11381 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
11391 /* Reevaluate a hardware or software breakpoint and recreate its locations.
11392 This is necessary after symbols are read (e.g., an executable or DSO
11393 was loaded, or the inferior just started). */
11396 re_set_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11399 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
11400 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
11401 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
11402 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11404 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
11405 save_current_space_and_thread ();
11406 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
11407 set_language (b
->language
);
11409 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
11412 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11413 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
11416 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
11418 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
11421 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
11422 expanded_end
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
11426 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
11427 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11430 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
11431 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
11432 Unused in this case. */
11435 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
11437 /* Get past catch_errs. */
11438 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
11443 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
11446 case bp_breakpoint
:
11447 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
11448 case bp_tracepoint
:
11449 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
11450 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
11451 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
11452 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
11453 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
11456 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
11458 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
11459 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11463 re_set_breakpoint (b
);
11466 case bp_watchpoint
:
11467 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11468 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11469 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11470 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
11471 variables, or it can be on local variables.
11473 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and
11474 even persist across program restarts. Since they can use
11475 variables from shared libraries, we need to reparse
11476 expression as libraries are loaded and unloaded.
11478 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as
11479 result of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses
11480 both a local and a global variables in expression, it's a
11481 local watchpoint, but unloading of a shared library will make
11482 the expression invalid. This is not a very common use case,
11483 but we still re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to
11486 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
11487 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
11488 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In
11489 fact, I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
11491 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
11492 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
11494 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
11495 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
11496 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
11498 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
11499 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
11501 case bp_catchpoint
:
11505 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
11507 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
11508 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
11509 case bp_overlay_event
:
11510 case bp_longjmp_master
:
11511 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
11512 case bp_exception_master
:
11513 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11516 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
11517 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
11518 case bp_shlib_event
:
11520 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
11521 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
11522 case bp_thread_event
:
11524 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we
11525 step over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the
11526 breakpoints. Otherwise these should have been blown away via
11527 the cleanup chain or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we
11528 rerun the executable. */
11531 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
11532 case bp_call_dummy
:
11533 case bp_std_terminate
:
11534 case bp_step_resume
:
11535 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
11537 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
11539 case bp_exception_resume
:
11541 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
11548 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
11550 breakpoint_re_set (void)
11552 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11553 enum language save_language
;
11554 int save_input_radix
;
11555 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11557 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
11558 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
11559 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
11561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11563 /* Format possible error msg. */
11564 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
11566 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
11567 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
11568 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11570 set_language (save_language
);
11571 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
11573 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
11575 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11577 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
11578 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
11579 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
11580 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
11583 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
11585 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
11586 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
11588 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11590 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
11592 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
11593 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
11595 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
11596 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
11597 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
11599 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11603 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11604 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11605 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11608 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
11610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11616 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
11618 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
11620 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
11621 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
11626 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
11630 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
11631 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
11633 else if (count
== 1)
11634 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
11637 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
11638 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
11641 breakpoints_changed ();
11642 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
11646 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
11649 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
11652 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11658 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
11660 num
= get_number (&p
);
11662 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
11664 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
11666 set_ignore_count (num
,
11667 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
11670 printf_filtered ("\n");
11673 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
11674 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
11677 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
11682 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
11684 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
11687 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
11689 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
11691 while (!state
.finished
)
11693 char *p
= state
.string
;
11697 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
11700 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
11704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
11705 if (b
->number
== num
)
11708 function (b
, data
);
11712 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
11717 static struct bp_location
*
11718 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
11720 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
11724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11725 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11730 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11732 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11734 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11735 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
11740 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
11741 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
11744 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
11746 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
11750 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
11753 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
11759 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
11760 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
11761 which ends with a period (no newline). */
11764 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11766 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
11767 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
11768 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
11769 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
11772 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
11773 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
11776 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
11778 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11779 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11781 struct bp_location
*location
;
11783 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11784 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
11787 update_global_location_list (0);
11789 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11792 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
11795 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11797 disable_breakpoint (b
);
11800 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11801 disable_breakpoint. */
11804 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11806 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11810 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11814 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11817 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11818 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11820 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11822 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11826 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11827 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11828 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11829 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
11831 update_global_location_list (0);
11834 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11838 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
11840 int target_resources_ok
;
11842 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
11845 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
11846 target_resources_ok
=
11847 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
11849 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
11850 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
11851 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
11852 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
11855 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
11857 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
11858 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
11859 struct gdb_exception e
;
11861 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11863 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
11864 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11865 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
11869 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
11870 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
11876 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
11877 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11879 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11880 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
11882 struct bp_location
*location
;
11884 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
11885 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
11888 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
11889 update_global_location_list (1);
11890 breakpoints_changed ();
11892 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
11897 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11899 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
11903 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11905 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11908 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
11909 enable_breakpoint. */
11912 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
11914 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11917 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
11918 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
11919 in stopping the inferior. */
11922 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11926 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
11928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
11929 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
11930 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
11932 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
11934 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
11938 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
11939 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
11940 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
11941 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
11943 update_global_location_list (1);
11946 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11950 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
11952 enum bpdisp disp
= *(enum bpdisp
*) arg
;
11954 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp
);
11958 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11960 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_disable
;
11962 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
11966 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11968 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11972 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
11974 enum bpdisp disp
= disp_del
;
11976 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
11980 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11982 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
11986 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11991 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11995 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
11996 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
12000 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
12001 const bfd_byte
*data
)
12003 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12005 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12006 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
12007 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
12008 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
12010 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12012 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12013 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
12014 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
12015 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
12017 value_free (bp
->val
);
12024 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
12026 struct symtabs_and_lines
12027 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
12029 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12032 error (_("Empty line specification."));
12033 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
12034 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
12035 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
12036 default_breakpoint_line
,
12039 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
12040 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, NULL
);
12042 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
12046 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
12047 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
12048 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
12049 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
12053 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12054 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
12056 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
12058 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
12060 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
12061 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
12063 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
12065 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
12073 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
12074 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
12077 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
12079 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
12082 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
12088 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
12091 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
12092 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
12094 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
12097 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12098 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12103 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
12105 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
12106 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
12110 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
12111 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
12112 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
12115 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
12116 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
12117 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
12118 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
12119 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
12120 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
12122 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
12123 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
12124 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
12125 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
12128 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
12129 were inserted or not. */
12132 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
12134 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
12135 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
12138 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
12141 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12143 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
12145 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
12147 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
12148 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
12149 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
12150 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
12152 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
12154 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
12155 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
12156 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
12157 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
12161 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
12162 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
12163 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
12167 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12171 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12172 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12174 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12175 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
12176 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
12180 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
12184 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
12188 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12189 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
12190 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
12191 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
12194 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
12198 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
12203 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
12205 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
12207 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
12208 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
12216 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
12217 non-zero otherwise. */
12219 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
12221 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
12222 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
12223 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
12230 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
12232 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
12234 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
12238 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
12240 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
12242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
12243 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
12245 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
12249 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
12251 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
12261 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
12263 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12264 char *text
, char *word
)
12266 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
12268 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
12274 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
12276 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
12278 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
12280 tracepoint_count
= num
;
12281 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
12285 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12287 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12289 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12291 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12292 0 /* Ignore count */,
12293 pending_break_support
,
12298 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12302 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12304 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12306 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12308 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12309 0 /* Ignore count */,
12310 pending_break_support
,
12315 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12318 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
12321 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12323 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12325 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
12327 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
12328 0 /* Ignore count */,
12329 pending_break_support
,
12334 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12337 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
12338 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
12340 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
12341 static int next_cmd
;
12344 read_uploaded_action (void)
12348 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
12355 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
12356 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
12357 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
12358 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
12359 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
12361 struct breakpoint
*
12362 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
12364 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
12365 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12367 if (utp
->at_string
)
12368 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
12371 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
12372 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
12373 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
12375 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
12376 "source location, using raw address"),
12378 sprintf (small_buf
, "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
12379 addr_str
= small_buf
;
12382 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
12383 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
12384 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
12385 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
12388 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
12390 utp
->cond_string
, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
12392 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
12393 0 /* Ignore count */,
12394 pending_break_support
,
12397 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
12401 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
12403 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
12404 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
12405 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
12409 sprintf (small_buf
, "%d %d", utp
->pass
, tp
->number
);
12411 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
12414 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
12415 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
12416 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
12418 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
12420 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
12425 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
12427 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, cmd_list
);
12429 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
12430 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
12431 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
12432 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
12438 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
12442 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12446 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
12448 if (num_printed
== 0)
12450 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
12451 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
12453 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
12456 default_collect_info ();
12459 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
12460 Not supported by all targets. */
12462 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12464 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12467 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
12468 Not supported by all targets. */
12470 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12472 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
12475 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
12477 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12479 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12485 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12487 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
12488 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
12489 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
12491 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12492 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12494 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12498 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12500 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
12502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12503 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12504 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12508 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
12511 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
12514 trace_pass_set_count (struct breakpoint
*bp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
12516 bp
->pass_count
= count
;
12517 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (bp
->number
);
12519 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
12520 bp
->number
, count
);
12523 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
12525 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
12526 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
12527 Also accepts special argument "all". */
12530 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12532 struct breakpoint
*t1
;
12533 unsigned int count
;
12535 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
12536 error (_("passcount command requires an "
12537 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
12539 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
12541 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
12544 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
12546 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
12548 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12550 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t1
)
12552 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12555 else if (*args
== '\0')
12557 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
12559 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12563 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
12565 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
12566 while (!state
.finished
)
12568 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
12570 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
12575 struct breakpoint
*
12576 get_tracepoint (int num
)
12578 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12580 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12581 if (t
->number
== num
)
12587 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
12588 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
12591 struct breakpoint
*
12592 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
12594 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12596 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12597 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
12603 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
12604 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
12605 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
12606 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
12607 struct breakpoint
*
12608 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
12609 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
12612 extern int tracepoint_count
;
12613 struct breakpoint
*t
;
12615 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
12619 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
12620 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
12622 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
12625 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
12627 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
12630 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
12634 if (instring
&& *instring
)
12635 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
12638 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
12639 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
12643 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
12644 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
12649 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
12653 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
12654 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
12655 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
12659 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
12660 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
12662 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12665 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
12666 struct ui_file
*fp
;
12667 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
12669 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
12670 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
12672 /* See if we have anything to save. */
12673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12675 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12676 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12679 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12680 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12685 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
12687 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
12689 /* We can stop searching. */
12696 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
12700 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
12701 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
12702 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
12704 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
12705 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
12706 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
12708 if (extra_trace_bits
)
12709 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
12711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
12713 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
12714 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
12717 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
12718 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
12721 if (tp
->ops
!= NULL
&& tp
->ops
->print_recreate
!= NULL
)
12722 (tp
->ops
->print_recreate
) (tp
, fp
);
12725 if (tp
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12726 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12727 if (tp
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12728 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12729 else if (tp
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12731 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12732 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12733 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12735 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12736 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12737 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12738 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12739 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12740 else if (tp
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
12741 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12742 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
12744 else if (tp
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12745 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
12746 else if (tp
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
12749 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12750 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12752 if (tp
->exp_string
)
12753 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->exp_string
);
12754 else if (tp
->addr_string
)
12755 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
12760 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
12761 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " *0x%s", tmp
);
12765 if (tp
->thread
!= -1)
12766 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", tp
->thread
);
12769 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", tp
->task
);
12771 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
12773 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
12774 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
12777 if (tp
->cond_string
)
12778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
12780 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
12781 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
12783 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12788 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
12790 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
12792 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, fp
);
12793 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
12795 print_command_lines (uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
12797 ui_out_redirect (uiout
, NULL
);
12800 throw_exception (ex
);
12802 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
12805 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
12806 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
12808 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
12809 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
12810 special, and not user visible. */
12811 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
12813 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12816 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
12818 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
12822 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
12823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
12825 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
12827 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
12830 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
12833 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12835 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
12838 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
12841 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
12843 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
12846 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
12848 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
12849 all_tracepoints (void)
12851 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
12852 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
12854 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
12856 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
12863 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
12864 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
12865 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
12867 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
12868 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
12869 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
12870 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
12871 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
12872 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
12873 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
12874 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
12876 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
12877 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
12879 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
12880 conditions are different.\n\
12882 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
12884 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
12885 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
12887 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
12888 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
12890 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
12891 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
12893 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
12894 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
12895 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
12896 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
12897 char *text
, char *word
),
12898 void *user_data_catch
,
12899 void *user_data_tcatch
)
12901 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
12903 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12905 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12906 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
12907 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12909 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
12911 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
12912 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
12913 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
12917 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
12919 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
12920 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
12921 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
12925 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12927 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
12928 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
12929 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
12932 struct breakpoint
*
12933 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
12936 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12938 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12940 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
12948 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
12950 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
12952 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
12953 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
12954 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
12956 breakpoint_objfile_key
= register_objfile_data ();
12958 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
12959 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
12960 before a breakpoint is set. */
12961 breakpoint_count
= 0;
12963 tracepoint_count
= 0;
12965 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
12966 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
12967 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
12969 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
12971 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
12972 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
12973 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
12974 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
12975 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
12976 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
12977 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
12978 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
12980 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
12981 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
12982 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
12983 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
12985 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
12986 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
12987 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
12988 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
12989 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
12991 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
12992 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
12994 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
12995 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
12996 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
12997 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
12999 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
13000 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13002 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
13003 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
13004 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
13005 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
13007 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
13008 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13010 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13011 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13012 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13013 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13014 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13015 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
13016 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13018 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13019 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13020 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13021 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
13022 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13023 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
13025 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13027 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
13028 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
13029 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
13030 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
13031 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
13032 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
13034 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13035 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13036 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13039 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13040 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13041 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13044 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
13045 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13046 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
13049 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
13050 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
13051 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
13054 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13055 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13056 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13057 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13058 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
13059 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13060 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13061 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13063 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
13064 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13065 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13066 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13067 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
13069 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
13070 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
13071 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13072 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13073 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
13074 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
13077 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13078 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13079 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13080 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13082 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
13083 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
13084 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13085 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13086 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13088 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
13089 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
13090 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13091 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
13093 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
13094 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
13095 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
13096 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
13097 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
13100 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
13101 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
13102 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
13103 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
13104 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
13105 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
13107 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
13108 is executing in.\n\
13110 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
13111 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13113 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
13114 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
13115 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
13116 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13118 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
13119 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
13120 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
13121 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
13124 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
13128 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
13129 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
13130 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
13131 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
13132 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
13133 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
13134 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
13135 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13136 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13137 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13138 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13139 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13140 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13141 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13142 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13143 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13145 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13146 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13147 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13148 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13149 breakpoint set."));
13152 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
13153 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
13154 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13155 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13156 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13157 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13158 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13159 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13160 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13162 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13163 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13164 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13165 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13166 breakpoint set."));
13168 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
13171 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
13172 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13173 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13174 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13175 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13176 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13177 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13178 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13179 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13181 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13182 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13183 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13184 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13185 breakpoint set."));
13187 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
13188 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
13189 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
13190 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
13191 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
13192 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
13193 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
13194 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
13195 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
13196 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
13197 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
13198 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
13199 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
13201 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
13202 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
13203 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
13204 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
13206 &maintenanceinfolist
);
13208 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
13209 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
13210 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
13211 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13213 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
13214 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
13215 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
13216 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13218 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
13219 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
13220 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
13221 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13222 catch_catch_command
,
13226 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
13227 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
13228 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13229 catch_throw_command
,
13233 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
13234 catch_fork_command_1
,
13236 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
13237 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
13238 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
13239 catch_fork_command_1
,
13241 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
13242 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
13243 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
13244 catch_exec_command_1
,
13248 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
13249 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
13250 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
13251 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
13252 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
13253 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
13254 catch_syscall_command_1
,
13255 catch_syscall_completer
,
13258 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
13259 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
13260 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13261 catch_ada_exception_command
,
13265 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
13266 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
13267 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
13268 catch_assert_command
,
13273 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
13274 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13275 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13276 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13277 an expression changes.\n\
13278 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13279 the memory to which it refers."));
13280 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13282 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
13283 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13284 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13285 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13286 an expression is read.\n\
13287 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13288 the memory to which it refers."));
13289 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13291 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
13292 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
13293 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
13294 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
13295 an expression is either read or written.\n\
13296 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
13297 the memory to which it refers."));
13298 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
13300 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
13301 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
13303 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
13304 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
13305 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
13306 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
13307 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13308 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
13309 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
13310 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
13311 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
13314 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
13315 &setlist
, &showlist
);
13317 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
13319 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
13321 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
13322 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13324 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
13325 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13326 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13328 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
13329 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13330 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13331 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
13333 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
13334 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
13336 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
13337 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13338 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13340 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
13341 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
13343 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
13344 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
13345 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
13346 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
13347 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
13348 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
13349 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
13350 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
13351 the selected stack frame.\n\
13352 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
13353 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
13354 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
13355 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
13357 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
13359 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
13360 conditions are different.\n\
13362 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
13363 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
13364 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
13366 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
13367 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
13368 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
13369 last tracepoint set."));
13371 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
13373 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
13374 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
13375 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13376 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
13379 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
13380 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
13381 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13382 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
13384 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
13386 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
13387 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
13388 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
13389 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
13391 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
13393 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
13394 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
13395 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
13396 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
13397 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
13399 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
13400 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
13401 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
13402 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
13404 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
13405 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
13406 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
13407 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
13408 session to restore them."),
13410 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13412 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
13413 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
13414 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
13416 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
13418 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
13419 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
13421 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13422 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13423 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13424 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13425 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
13426 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
13427 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
13428 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
13429 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
13430 pending breakpoint behavior"),
13431 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
13432 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
13434 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
13435 &pending_break_support
, _("\
13436 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13437 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
13438 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
13439 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
13440 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
13441 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
13443 show_pending_break_support
,
13444 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13445 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13447 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
13449 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
13450 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
13451 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13452 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
13453 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
13454 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
13455 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
13457 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
13458 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13459 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13461 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
13462 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
13463 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13464 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
13465 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
13466 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
13467 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
13468 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
13469 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
13470 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
13471 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
13472 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
13474 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
13475 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
13476 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
13478 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
13479 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
13480 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
13481 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
13482 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
13483 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
13484 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
13485 or the start of the range\n\
13486 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
13487 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
13488 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
13490 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
13491 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
13492 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
13494 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
13496 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);